library and information science - hioa.no web viewat faculty of engineering. for the academic year....

344
Programme Curricula and Study Plans at Faculty of Engineering for the Academic Year 2007/2008 Approved by the Faculty Board 12 June 2006 1

Upload: phamkhanh

Post on 12-Mar-2018

215 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Programme Curricula and Study Plansat Faculty of Engineering

for the Academic Year2007/2008

Approved by the Faculty Board 12 June 2006

Translated by Morten G. KiellandJuly 2008

1

ContentsContents......................................................................................................................................2

General Description of Programme Curricula and Study Plans at Faculty of Engineering..7

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering..................................................11Discipline (studieretning) of Structural Engineering and Technical Planning...........................11

Curriculum for the Disciplines Structural Engineering and Technical Planning............................................13Discipline of Structural Engineering...............................................................................................................13Discipline of Technical Planning....................................................................................................................14Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering Autumn 2007 and Spring 2008 for the Disciplines of Structural Engineering and Technical Planning.......................................................................15Discipline of Structural Engineering...............................................................................................................15Discipline of Technical Planning....................................................................................................................161st Year 2007-2008..........................................................................................................................................17Discipline of Structural Engineering and Technical Planning........................................................................17

Subject: Mathematics 100...........................................................................................................................17Subject: Construction Materials..................................................................................................................18Subject: Construction Physics.....................................................................................................................19Subject: Technical Drawing, House Building Methods and CAD..............................................................20Subject: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics.....................................................................................21Subject: Construction Case and Project Work............................................................................................23Subject: Mathematics 200 for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering.................................................24

2nd Year 2007-2008..........................................................................................................................................25Discipline of Structural Engineering...............................................................................................................25

Subject: Mathematics 300 for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering.................................................25Subject: Environment and Chemistry..........................................................................................................26Subject: Structural Theory...........................................................................................................................27Subject: Statistics........................................................................................................................................28Subject: Geomatics......................................................................................................................................29Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics...............................................................................................30Subject: Geotechnics...................................................................................................................................31Subject: Description, Calculation and Contracting.....................................................................................32Subject: Statics and Concrete......................................................................................................................33

2nd Year 2007-2008..........................................................................................................................................34Discipline of Technical Planning....................................................................................................................34

Subject: Mathematics 300 for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering.................................................34Subject: Environment and Chemistry..........................................................................................................35Subject: Structural Theory...........................................................................................................................36Subject: Statistics........................................................................................................................................37Subject: Geomatics......................................................................................................................................38Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics...............................................................................................39Subject: Geotechnics...................................................................................................................................40Subject: Description, Calculation and Contracting.....................................................................................41Subject: Geomatics and Highway Engineering...........................................................................................42

3rd Year 2007-2008..........................................................................................................................................44Discipline of Structural Engineering...............................................................................................................44

Subject: Steel and Timber Structures..........................................................................................................44Subject: Administration, Operation and Maintenance (AOM)...................................................................45Subject: Concrete I......................................................................................................................................46Subject: Structural Theory...........................................................................................................................47Subject: Statistics II.....................................................................................................................................48Subject: Concrete II.....................................................................................................................................49Subject: Final Year Project..........................................................................................................................50

Electives for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering 2007-2008..............................................................51Subject: Highway and Street Maintanance.................................................................................................51Subject: Building Tradition, Architecture and Design................................................................................52Subject: Building Deterioration and Rehabilitation....................................................................................53

2

Subject: Building and Construction Topics.................................................................................................54Subject: Land Use Planning and Regulation...............................................................................................55Subject: Placement in an Engineering Enterprise.......................................................................................56

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Computer Science.........................57Discipline (studieretning) of Computer Science.............................................................................57

Subject and ECTS Credit Distribution for Students Admitted to Their 1st Year of Study in the Autumn 2005 (3rd Year of Study)...........................................................................................................................................601st Year 2007-2008..........................................................................................................................................61

Subject: Discrete Mathematics....................................................................................................................61Subject: Programming.................................................................................................................................62Subject: Web-Project...................................................................................................................................63Subject: Mathematics 100...........................................................................................................................64Subject: Statistics........................................................................................................................................65Subject: Programme Development..............................................................................................................66Subject: Computer Architecture..................................................................................................................67

2nd Year 2007-2008..........................................................................................................................................68Subject: Algorithms and Data Structures....................................................................................................68Subject: System Development.....................................................................................................................69Subject: Environment and Chemistry..........................................................................................................70Subject: Relational Databases.....................................................................................................................71Subject: Operating Systems and UNIX.......................................................................................................72Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics...............................................................................................73

3rd Year 2007-2008..........................................................................................................................................74Subject: Mathematics 200 for Computer Science.......................................................................................74Subject: Statistics........................................................................................................................................75Subject: System Development.....................................................................................................................76Subject: Final Year Project..........................................................................................................................77

General Comments on Electives.....................................................................................................................78Elective Computer Science Subjects 2007-2008.............................................................................................78

Subject: Computer Security.........................................................................................................................79Subject: Web Applications..........................................................................................................................80Subject: Network and System Administration............................................................................................81Subject: Web Programming........................................................................................................................82Subject: Web Programming in .NET..........................................................................................................83Subject: Programming in C++.....................................................................................................................84Subject: Artificial Intelligence....................................................................................................................85

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Electrical and Electronic Engineering..............................................................................................................................86

Discipline (studieretning) of Telecommunication (kommunikasjonssystemer) and Control Engineering (automatisering)...........................................................................................................86

Distribution of Subjects and ECTS Credits.....................................................................................................881st Year, Discipline of Control Engineering and Discipline of Telecommunications 2007-2008...................90

Subject: Mathematics 100...........................................................................................................................90Subject: Project Management......................................................................................................................91Subject: Environment and Chemistry..........................................................................................................92Subject: Digital Systems.............................................................................................................................93Subject: Electrical Circuits..........................................................................................................................94Subject: Mathematics 200 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme...............................95Subject: Mathematics 200 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme...............................96Subject: Physics...........................................................................................................................................97

2nd Year – Discipline of Control Engineering.................................................................................................98Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme...............................98Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme...............................99Subject: Dynamic Systems........................................................................................................................100Subject: Electronics...................................................................................................................................101Subject: Industrial Computer Science.......................................................................................................102Subject: Statistics......................................................................................................................................103

3

Subject: Electronic Design........................................................................................................................104Subject: Cybernetics I...............................................................................................................................105

2nd Year, Discipline of Telecommunication..................................................................................................106Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering programme.............................106Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme.............................107Subject: Digital Signal Processing............................................................................................................108Subject: Electronics...................................................................................................................................109Subject: Communication Networks...........................................................................................................110Subject: Statistics......................................................................................................................................111Subject: Computer Science.......................................................................................................................112Subject: Wireless Communication............................................................................................................113

3rd Year, Discipline for Control Engineering................................................................................................114Cybernetics II............................................................................................................................................114Subject: Real-Time System Development................................................................................................115Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics.............................................................................................116Subject: Final Year Project........................................................................................................................117

3rd Year – Discipline of Telecommunication.................................................................................................118Subject: Networks and Services................................................................................................................118Subject: Computer Science Project...........................................................................................................119Project Implementation and Ethics............................................................................................................120Subject: Final Year Project........................................................................................................................121

Elective Electrical and Electronic Engineering Subjects 2007-2008............................................................122Subject: Medical Instrumentation.............................................................................................................122Subject: Cybernetics Project.....................................................................................................................123Subject: Electro-Optics..............................................................................................................................124

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Environmental Engineering......125Discipline of Environmental Engineering in Buildings...............................................................125

1st Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................130Subject: Mathematics 100.........................................................................................................................130Subject: Energy and Environmental Science and Project Work...............................................................131Subject: Environment and Chemistry........................................................................................................132Subject: Environmental Engineering Project............................................................................................133Subject: Mathematics 200 for Environmental Engineering Programme...................................................134Subject: Flow Technique...........................................................................................................................135Subject: Physics.........................................................................................................................................136

2nd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................137Subject: Mathematics 300 for Environmental Engineering Programme...................................................137Subject: Statistics and Measurement Techniques.....................................................................................138Subject: Electrical Installations.................................................................................................................139Subject: Technical Drawing / CAD...........................................................................................................140Subject: Control, Regulation and Building Automation...........................................................................141Subject: Indoor Climate and Sanitation.....................................................................................................142

3rd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................143Subject: Environmental Engineering Technique in Buildings I – Acts, Rules, Methods of Calculation. 143Subject: Environmental Engineering Technique in Buildings II - Heating and Ventilation Technique...144Subject: Sanitary Engineering and Environment......................................................................................145Subject: CAD for Technical Installations.................................................................................................146Subject: Final Year Project........................................................................................................................147

Electives for Bachelor Programme in Environmental Engineering..............................................................148Subject: Lighting Design...........................................................................................................................148Subject: Daylight.......................................................................................................................................149Subject: Control and Optimising of Motors in Buildings.........................................................................150Subject: Placement....................................................................................................................................151

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Chemical Engineering...............152Discipline of Biotechnology............................................................................................................152

1st Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................157Subject: Mathematics 100.........................................................................................................................157Subject: General Chemistry.......................................................................................................................158

4

Subject: Project Work within Biotechnology and Environmental Technology........................................159Subject: Mathematics 200 for the Chemical Engineering Programme.....................................................160Subject: Organic Chemistry......................................................................................................................161Subject: Analytical Chemistry I................................................................................................................162

2nd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................163Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Chemical Engineering Programme.....................................................163Subject: Statistics......................................................................................................................................164Subject: Physical Chemistry......................................................................................................................165Subject: Chemical Engineering.................................................................................................................166Subject: Biochemistry...............................................................................................................................167Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics.............................................................................................168

3rd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................169Subject: Biotechnology.............................................................................................................................169Subject: Analytical Chemistry II...............................................................................................................170Subject: Genetics.......................................................................................................................................171Subject: Final Year Project........................................................................................................................172

Electives for Bachelor Programme in Chemical Engineering 2007-2008....................................................173Subject: Placement....................................................................................................................................173Subject: Toxicology and the Environment................................................................................................174Subject: Laboratory Course in Genetics....................................................................................................175

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Mechanical Engineering...........176Discipline (studieretning) of Construction and Design................................................................176

1st Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................179Subject: Mathematics 100.........................................................................................................................179Subject: Project Management....................................................................................................................180Subject: Environment and Chemistry........................................................................................................181Subject: Mechanics....................................................................................................................................182Subject: Construction and Design I...........................................................................................................183Subject: Mathematics 200 for Mechanical Engineering Programme........................................................184Subject: Physics.........................................................................................................................................185

2nd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................186Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Mechanical Engineering Programme..................................................186Subject: Material Technology...................................................................................................................187Subject: Construction and Design II.........................................................................................................188Subject: Statistics......................................................................................................................................189Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics.............................................................................................190Subject: Thermodynamics.........................................................................................................................191

3rd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................192Subject: Construction and Design III........................................................................................................192Subject: Mechatronics...............................................................................................................................193Subject: Dynamically Loaded Structures..................................................................................................194Subject: Final Year Project........................................................................................................................195

Electives at the Mechanical Engineering Programme 2007-2008................................................................196Subject: Heat and Mass Transportation.....................................................................................................196

Electives 2007-2008 Independent of Study Programme...............................................................................197Subject: DAC /AutoCAD..........................................................................................................................197Subject: Human-Computer Interaction.....................................................................................................198Subject: Mathematics III - A.....................................................................................................................199Subject: Mathematics III - B.....................................................................................................................200Subject: English for Industry.....................................................................................................................201Subject: Practical Communication and Organisation................................................................................202Subject: Mathematics IV...........................................................................................................................203Subject: English Communication..............................................................................................................204

Curriculum for Bachelor / College Candidate Programme in Information Technology. . .2051st Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................209

Subject: Discrete Mathematics..................................................................................................................209Subject: Programming...............................................................................................................................210Subject: Web-Project.................................................................................................................................211

5

Subject: Programme Development............................................................................................................212Subject: Web Programming......................................................................................................................213Subject: Computer Architecture................................................................................................................214

2nd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................215Subject: Algorithms and Data Structures..................................................................................................215Subject: System Development...................................................................................................................216Subject: Human-Computer Interaction.....................................................................................................217Subject: Relational Databases...................................................................................................................218Subject: Operating Systems and UNIX.....................................................................................................219Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics.............................................................................................220

3rd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................221Subject: Computer Security.......................................................................................................................221Subject: Web Applications........................................................................................................................222Subject: Final Year Project........................................................................................................................223

Electives........................................................................................................................................................224Elective Subjects within Information Technology 2007-2008......................................................................224Other Electives 2007-2008............................................................................................................................224

Subject: Network and System Administration..........................................................................................225Subject: Modern System Development Methods......................................................................................226Subject: Web Programming in .NET........................................................................................................227Subject: Programming in C++...................................................................................................................228Subject: Artificial Intelligence..................................................................................................................229Subject: Mathematics 200 for Computer Science.....................................................................................230Subject: English for Industry.....................................................................................................................231Subject: Practical Communication and Organisation................................................................................232Subject: Mathematics 100.........................................................................................................................233Subject: English Communication..............................................................................................................234

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Applied Computing Technology.........................235Subject: Introduction to Information Technology.....................................................................................239Subject: Basic Programming.....................................................................................................................240Subject: Web-Project.................................................................................................................................241Subject: Web Programming......................................................................................................................242Subject: English Communication..............................................................................................................243Subject: Social Information Technology...................................................................................................244

2nd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................245Subject: System Development...................................................................................................................245Subject: Computer Network......................................................................................................................246Subject: Human-Computer Interaction.....................................................................................................247Subject: Introduction to Operating Systems..............................................................................................248Subject: Relational Databases...................................................................................................................249Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics.............................................................................................250

3rd Year 2007-2008........................................................................................................................................251Subject: Computer Security.......................................................................................................................251Subject: Modern System Development Methods......................................................................................252Subject: ICT Services................................................................................................................................253Subject: Final Year Project........................................................................................................................254

Electives........................................................................................................................................................255Subject: Network and System Administration..........................................................................................255Subject: Discrete Mathematics..................................................................................................................256

Curriculum for Continuing Education in Project Management and Entrepreneurialship257Subject: Project Management....................................................................................................................260Subject: Project Economics – Project Analysis, Investment / Financing and Risk Assessment...............261Subject: Business Development – from Idea to Commercialisation.........................................................262Subject: Product Development and Innovation.........................................................................................263Subject: Strategy and Business Understanding.........................................................................................264

6

General Description of Programme Curricula and Study Plans at Faculty of EngineeringProgramme curricula (fagplaner) are course descriptions where national curricula (rammeplan) are given. The engineering study programme has such a national curriculum which it follows. Study plans (studieplan) are course descriptions for study programmes without national curricula. From the academic year 2004/2005 onwards, new national curriculum is introduced for the engineering study programme. Students who started their study in 2004 follow the new national curriculum. The other engineering students follow the old national curriculum.

For College Candidate/Bachelor Programme in Information Technology and Bachelor Programme in Applied Computing Technology there are no national curricula.

National curriculum for engineering study programme lists the following aims.

Superordinate Aim

The basic study programme in engineering is profession-oriented and shall educate reflective professionals who are qualified to take care of tasks related to technical matters in the society. The study programme shall form the basis to take care of tasks related to technical matters in the whole society. The study programme shall form the basis for lifelong learning and continuous readjustment to future needs for knowledge.

After accomplished study, the candidates shall be able to satisfy international requirements to the basic training of engineers.

Main Aim

The basic study programme in engineering has as its main aim to train engineers who combine theoretical and technical knowledge with practical skills, and who assume conscious responsibility for the interplay between technology, environment, individual and society. Furthermore, the study programmes shall give insight into the use of research and development work in engineering and the importance of research and development for innovation and creation. The study programmes shall keep high academic standards in international context, and shall meet the society’s present and future requirements to engineers. At the same time, the study programmes shall form the basis for lifelong learning in the shape of supplementary and advanced courses at universities and university colleges or in working life.

Subsidiary Aim

1. Bachelor programme in engineering shall have a balance between scientific subjects and technological subjects which give the engineer a solid scientific basis for his technical knowledge and understanding. The engineer shall acquire scientific knowledge comparable to the level of equivalent study programmes abroad.

2. Through practical engineering work, Bachelor programme in engineering shall prepare the engineer to put his technical knowledge into practical skills. The study programme shall give the engineer a basis to master and apply existing technology and have in depth knowledge within at least one special field.

3. Bachelor Programme in Engineering shall give knowledge of the interplay between technology, environment, individual and society, generally as well as related to the engineer’s special field. The study programme shall contribute so that the engineer assumes responsibility for the environment in a large perspective, locally as well as globally.

4. Bachelor programme in engineering shall educate engineers with qualifications to cooperate at all levels in the organisation through good oral and written communication, and knowing important principles for management and organisation.

5. Bachelor programme in engineering shall educate engineers with a professional attitude towards research and development work – engineers who realise the advantage of participating in such activities in their work or in further studies.

6. Bachelor programme in engineering shall educate engineers with ability to understand and utilise existing technology. The study programme shall give the engineers sufficient knowledge of new technology to make them contribute to innovation and creation. They shall acquire a basis to develop their innovative talents, and be prepared for teamwork and entrepreneurship.

7

7. Bachelor programme in engineering shall educate engineers with knowledge of basic topics necessary for lifelong learning in working life or in the shape of supplementary or advanced courses at universities or university colleges.

After accomplished study, the candidates shall be able to

apply knowledge in mathematics, science and technology identify, formulate, plan and solve technical problems in a systematic way within their special field specify requirements to solutions in a systematic way plan and accomplish experiments, and also analyse, interpret and use resulting data construct a component, a system or a process to obtain specified results utilise modern tools, techniques and acquire skills in their daily work to solve complicated problems through interdisciplinary cooperation communicate effectively with other subject areas understand and put into practice professional and ethical responsibility take care of the concept of quality in all contexts participate in innovation and creation processes see technological solutions in an economic, organisational and environmental context

In the following, you will find section-wise specifications of the subjects taught at the respective sections. Under the mention of each subject, you will also find information on its features such as ECTS credits, code, subject type and evaluation form.

Research-Based Teaching

The teaching is organised as a mixture of lectures and different types of exercises. The mixture proportion may vary from subject to subject. The teaching is research-based in the sense that it shall give the students insight into the development and methods of the subject areas. The students shall be trained to collect and interpret information, be critical, take into consideration ethical and environmental consequences. Furthermore, the students shall write different types of reports based on research principles, and give academic presentations of different themes. Perspectives and academic factors based on research and development activity within the different subject areas shall also be brought into the teaching. The teaching staff is research competent and participate actively in different research and development activities.

The aim of Oslo University College is that 25 % of the academic resources shall be allocated to research and development activities.

Frames for the Study Programme, Examination System, Grades etc.

As mentioned earlier, every subject has got a frame of ECTS credits indicating the workload of the subject. Normally, one ECTS credit requires 25 hours of work. Most subjects have a volume of 5-15 ECTS credits, and a normal working year for the students totals 60 ECTS credits. To have a diploma, the student must have passed all compulsory subjects of the individual discipline (studieretning), and have chosen sufficient ECTS credits elective subjects. An accomplished Bachelor programme totals 180 ECTS credits. College Candidate programme totals 120 ECTS credits. Besides, there is no obstacle to take subjects beyond 180 (120) ECTS credits, and we will encourage students to choose subjects from other sections as well. It is our experience that the widened perspective resulting from such interdisciplinarity is of great value for the engineers and others in their later professional life.

Roughly, the subjects consist of 5 types: Mathematics and natural science basic subjects Technical subjects Social science subjects Elective subjects Final year project

Otherwise, you will find information on literature, a brief subject description and aims of the individual subject in the programme curricula / study plans. We make aware that the programme curriculum also includes information on evaluation form. Here, it is of special importance that the students cheque whether submission is

8

required of annual works, laboratory reports etc. Students who have not met the compulsory working requirements for the individual subjects will not be registered for examination in the subject(s) concerned.

Many subjects include one or more compulsory laboratory exercises or other types of exercises. Theses are working requirements, and must be accomplished and approved before the students may sit the examination. Some subjects include compulsory tests. These are often carried out with use of the data network at the Faculty.

The usual grading scale goes from A to F. A is the best grade, and E is the lowest passing grade. Consequently, F is not passed. Some subjects use a twofold grading scale with passed / not passed.

The weight of the various elements constituting the final grade is indicated for some of the subjects under each of the subjects. Herewith, we make aware that changes of this may occur. The students will be informed of possible changes at the start of the study.

Portfolio evaluation is used for some subjects. This implies that compulsory works such as laboratory reports, training assignments etc. are included in a portfolio on which the final grade will be based.

As for study aids, he Faculty Board has decided that 4 categories may be accepted for use during examination:Either no study aid, or mathematical / technical tables with indication of author(s) and title, or mathematical / technical tables with indication of author(s) and title together with handheld calculator

without wireless connection, or all written and printed study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

In addition, other electronics applied at school examinations is not allowed.

“Handheld calculator without wireless connection” implies of course that it is not permitted to connect calculators to other peripheral devices nor together in network.

Details about the working requirements appear from the detailed course description which is handed out at the start of the course.

For subjects where several parts compose the base for the final evaluation, the general rule applies that all parts must be passed if the examination of the subject concerned shall be passed.

In the new Act relating to universities and university colleges it is no longer necessary to use external examiner for everything listed in the diploma. In the coming academic year, the Faculty will use external examiner for some selected subjects. These subjects will be evaluated by external examiner concerning its examination system as well as question papers, and some of the students’ answer papers will be graded by external examiner together with subject teacher. This is part of the quality assurance scheme for the study programmes of the Faculty.

As for use of calculator during examination, the normal rule is that handheld calculators shall be of pocket size. It is an absolute precondition that the calculator can not communicate wirelessly with the outside world. This will be controlled during examination.

Under each branch of study (linje) you find at the beginning a survey of its subjects, ECTS credits and at when the subject is taught during the study period.

Students who accomplish 3-year Bachelor Programme in Engineering pursuant to these programme curricula, will, according to the new degree structure, be awarded the Bachelor degree.

About the Final Year Projects

The final year project shall be accomplished as group work. The groups shall normally consist of 3 students. Only exceptionally, when justified by special reasons, the final project may be accomplished by one individual student. Group size of one runs counter to the intention of National curriculum for engineering programme and will only exceptionally be approved. Application to accomplish such final year projects shall pass through Head of Studies. The case is presented to the Dean for final decision.

9

The students’ final year project shall be approved during the autumn semester of the 3rd year of study so that all students will normally have their final year project plans approved by 1 December. Normally, the accomplishment takes place in the spring semester.

In very special cases, the final year project may be accomplished in the autumn semester. Then, the plan must normally be approved before 1 June.

The Faculty Board decides every year a deadline for the submission of the final year projects. For the spring 2007, this deadline is 25 May.

Students who submit their final year project within the deadline in the autumn semester, get the evaluation result within 3 weeks after the deadline. The deadline for submission of final year project in the autumn semester is 30 November 2007. The consequence for the students who submit too late in the spring, is that they will be one semester delayed regarding the time when they get their diploma.

The students must submit 4 copies of the final year project: one copy is submitted in the reception where the recipient signs for the received final year project two copies are submitted to internal supervisor the last copy is kept by the studentIf the students want additional copies for their own use, they must cover the extra printing costs themselves.

Otherwise, the following rules apply: Final year projects are not given to external candidates (privatist). Students must have passed examination in 90 ECTS credits or more from the 1st and 2nd year of study per 1

October before final year project is assigned. Students at the two-year branch for technical college technicians (fagskoletekniker) must have passed

examination in 45 ECTS credits or more from the 1st year of study per 1 October before final year project is assigned.

Applications for dispensation are processed by Head of Studies.

Internationalisation

The programme curricula for the different branches of study (linje) at the Faculty of Engineering and the study plan for information technology are adjusted for internationalisation in the sense that students may accomplish modules at higher education institutions abroad and get these modules approved as part of their Norwegian education after the time-for-time principle. The Faculty will prepare good conditions for students who want a period abroad as part of their study. The Faculty has agreements with a range of partner institutions abroad aiming at student exchange.

In the same way, it is possible for foreign students to accomplish individual subjects at the Faculty, and it is also possible to accomplish larger project works at the Faculty.

Reservation for Changes

Technology is a constantly changing field. It is necessary that the programme curricula are updated continuously. Therefore, Faculty of Engineering must always make reservations that the programme curricula may be altered on the way. This applies to the academic contents as well as the offer of subjects. It may also occur that the volume of the subject, i.e. the number of ECTS credits, may be altered. Head of Studies is authorised to undertake minor alterations in the curricula, whereas major alterations must be approved by the Faculty Board or the Dean.

If you have questions concerning the programme curricula, the individual Head of Studies will always be helpful to answer.

Once more, we wish you good luck with your studies!

10

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Civil EngineeringDiscipline (studieretning) of Structural Engineering and Technical Planning

Introduction

The construction engineer programme lasts 3 years. Accomplished study gives the degree of Bachelor of Civil Engineering. The study programme gives a general and broad education within traditional civil engineering subjects. Together with the basic mathematics and physics, the study programme gives a sound platform for many different jobs within the building industry, or for further studies towards Master degree.

Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering has two disciplines (studieretning):1. Structural engineering, which focuses on calculations and modelling of technical constructions (such as

static calculations, dimensioning calculations)2. Technical planning, which focuses on municipal issues (such as environmental technique, land use planning,

infrastructure)

Aims

The students shall acquire sufficient knowledge of mathematics and physics to apply it within civil engineering subjects wide knowledge of traditional civil engineering subjects physical understanding of the various construction problems / calculations insight into and understanding of the tasks and roles within the construction industry an overview of important laws and provisions relating to the construction industry ability to individual work as well as teamwork sufficient knowledge to be able to see the whole picture and relations of typical problems that may arise insight into the relation between theory and practice ability to present calculations and results in a neat and understandable manner knowledge of computer programmes used within the various construction subjects sound attitudes as for deadlines, order, agreements and ethics

TeachingThe description of the various subjects will give more detailed information on “working methods”, “syllabus”, “evaluation” and “study aids at final examination”. As it appears there, the different subjects will give different importance to lectures, exercises, laboratory work, supervision or other organisation of the teaching.

Each subject is described with a subject description. Before the study, the course coordinator will prepare a detailed course description for the subject, which includes progress, exercises and laboratory assignments.

11

Further Studies

Oslo University College offers no Master programme in civil engineering. On the other hand, such offers are provided by University of Oslo (UiO) as well as Norwegian University of Life Sciences (UMB).

The Place of Basic Subjects and Social Subjects in the Curriculum of Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering

Mathematics and statistics (25 ECTS credits) Mathematics 100 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 200 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 300 (5 ECTS credits) Mechanics and engineering mathematics (mathematics represents 5 of 15 ECTS credits) Statistics (5 ECTS credits)

Computer technology (5 ECTS credits) Technical drawing and CAD (4 of 10 ECTS credits) Land surveying II and road (1 of 10 ECTS credits)

Physics (10 ECTS credits) Construction physics and construction methods in houses (10 ECTS credits)

Chemistry and environment (10 ECTS credits) Environment and chemistry(10 ECTS credits)

Social subjects (15 ECTS credits) Construction case and project work (5 ECTS credits) Project implementation and ethics (10 ECTS credits)

12

Curriculum for the Disciplines Structural Engineering and Technical Planning

1st year (2007-2008)

Mathematics 100 5 ECTS credits autumnConstruction materials 5 ECTS credits autumnConstruction physics 5 ECTS credits autumnTechnical drawing, construction methods in houses and CAD 15 ECTS credits autumn / springMechanics and engineering mathematics 15 ECTS credits autumn / springConstruction case and project work 10 ECTS credits springMathematics 200 5 ECTS credits spring

Discipline of Structural Engineering

2nd year (2008-2009)

Mathematics 300 5 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnConstruction theory 5 ECTS credits autumnStatistics 5 ECTS credits autumnGeomatics 5 ECTS credits autumnProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits springGeotechnics 5 ECTS credits springDescription, calculation and contracting 5 ECTS credits springStatics and concrete 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year (2009-2010)

Administration, operation and maintenance 5 ECTS credits autumnSteel and wood structures 10 ECTS credits autumnConcrete II 5 ECTS credits autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits autumnStatics II 10 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

13

Discipline of Technical Planning

2nd year (2008-2009)

Mathematics 300 5 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnConstruction theory 5 ECTS credits autumnStatistics 5 ECTS credits autumnGeomatics 5 ECTS credits springProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits springGeotechnics 5 ECTS credits springDescription, calculation and contracting 5 ECTS credits springGeomatics and road engineering 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year (2009-2010)

Land use planning and regulation 10 ECTS credits autumnEnvironmental and VAR technology 10 ECTS credits autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits autumnSustainable urbanism 10 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

14

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering Autumn 2007 and Spring 2008 for the Disciplines of Structural Engineering and Technical Planning

1st year

Mathematics 100 5 ECTS credits autumnConstruction materials 5 ECTS credits autumnConstruction physics 5 ECTS credits autumnTechnical drawing, house building methods and CAD 15 ECTS credits autumn / springMechanics and engineering mathematics 15 ECTS credits autumn / springConstruction case and project work 10 ECTS credits springMathematics 200 5 ECTS credits spring

Discipline of Structural Engineering

2nd year

Mathematics 300 5 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnStructural theory 5 ECTS credits autumnStatistics 5 ECTS credits autumnGeomatics 5 ECTS credits autumnProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits springGeotechnics 5 ECTS credits springDescription, calculation and contracting 5 ECTS credits springStatics and concrete 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year

Steel and wood constructions 5 ECTS credits autumnAdministration, operation and maintenance 5 ECTS credits autumnConcrete I 5 ECTS credits autumnStructural theory 5 ECTS credits autumnStatics II 5 ECTS credits autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits autumn / springConcrete II 5 ECTS credits springElectives 5 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

Electives at Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering may be distributed over the autumn and spring semester in the 3rd year of study according to the students’ own wish. It is required that the students take at least 10 ECTS credits, while electives of 10 ECTS credits may also be elected from other study programmes.

15

Discipline of Technical Planning

2nd year

Mathematics 300 5 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnStructural theory 5 ECTS credits autumnStatistics 5 ECTS credits autumnGeomatics 5 ECTS credits springProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits springGeotechnics 5 ECTS credits springDescription, calculation and contracting 5 ECTS credits springGeomatics and road engineering 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year

The first class will accomplish 3rd year of study 2008-2009.

Electives 2007-2008

Highway and street maintenance 5 ECTS credits autumnBuilding traditions, architecture and design 10 ECTS credits autumnBuilding deterioration and rehabilitation 5 ECTS credits springBA topics 5 ECTS credits springLand use planning and regulation 5 ECTS credits springPlacement period in engineering enterprise 5 ECTS credits spring

16

1st Year 2007-2008

Discipline of Structural Engineering and Technical Planning

Subject: Mathematics 100

Code: FO100AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge of elementary functions and develop skills to use these for the solution of different problems where also derivation, integration and 1st degree differential equations are included.

ContentsThe subject includes the following topics:

Elementary functions, continuity and derivation Derivation and speed of change, problems involving extreme values Riemann sums, anti-derivation, integral methods 1st order differential equations, linear and separable Applied integrals and differential equations

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 3 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the next week, lecture, reviewing of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusTerje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk IEdwards & Penny: Calculus 6e

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

17

Subject: Construction Materials

Code LO264BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall understand the properties of each material and be able to make sensible choices of material on the basis of a comprehensive evaluation of the numerous requirements from users and authorities.

ContentsThe subject shall provide knowledge so that the students are able to

know product variety, areas of application and production methods of the most commonly used materials wood, steel and concrete

understand and evaluate the characteristic properties of the most important construction materials make choices of materials in different contexts and state the reason why this material is chosen document that chosen material is complying with current frame conditions carry out material tests according to standardised norms know risks for health and environment connected to use of some construction materials

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures. 5 compulsory exercises / laboratory works according to a plan handed out at the start of the semester. Class Fronter is used as study aid.

Working Requirements5 compulsory works with belonging reports must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination.

SyllabusGjerp / Opsahl / Smeplass: Grunnleggende betonglære, Byggenæringens ForlagDivers handouts.

Evaluation

3-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

18

Subject: Construction Physics

Code FO202AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

a basic background in physics knowledge and skills in physics which contribute to create a natural sciences foundation to work with

the technological subjects

Contents Temperature and expansion The state equation for ideal gases Energy transport Weather and climate Indoor environment Heat-insulation Humidity Noise Fire

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory submissions. Class Fronter is used as study aid.

Working Requirements3 compulsory exercises must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination.

SyllabusHallseth, Haugan, Hjelmen and Isnes, Fysikk for ingeniører: Termofysikk, NKI Forlaget. Espedal, Bygningsfysikk, Byggenæringens Forlag

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

19

Subject: Technical Drawing, House Building Methods and CAD

Code LO265BType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall understand different types of civil engineering drawings, knowledge of construction-technical principles, choice of material and detail solutions for buildings and the reason why these solutions are chosen. The subject shall also give the students knowledge of application of computer technology and develop skill to produce simple drawings manually and by help of drawing programmes (CAD).

Contents Production of manual drawings of simple bodies in ordinary projections Norwegian Standards for construction-technical drawings Construction-technical drawings Relevant construction solutions for small house building development in wood and state the reason why

these solutions are chosen Different material and components for small house building development in wood and state the reason

why these solutions are chosen Documentation that the methods are complying with current rules and provisions Basic data processing Principles for rational drawing production by help of computer assisted construction systems Construction-technical drawing assignments by help of acknowledged drawing programme / CAD

system

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, compulsory exercises and. one-year work in the house building part. Lectures in CAD and CAD exercises according to a plan handed out at the start of the semester. Class Fronter is used as study aid.

Working Requirements5 compulsory exercises in technical drawing, one-year work in the house building part and 7 compulsory exercises in CAD must all be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. Drawings connected to the one-year work in the house building part shall be accomplished in CAD.

SyllabusMagnussen, Byggetegning, NKI-forlaget. NS: 8300-8310, 8330K.M. Viestad, Innføring i konstruksjons- og projeksjonstegningBøler, Trehus, Byggforskserien, Håndbok 45Kolstad, Odd Sverre, Autocad 2006, Gyldendals databøker ISNB 82-05-33908-2Compendium in CAD is handed out.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation, which is held at the end of the spring semester. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

20

Subject: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

Code LO227BType: Technical subject / Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:15 ECTS credits, of which physics represents 5 ECTS credits and mathematics 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall develop solid basic knowledge in classical mechanics parallel with the acquisition of parts of basic physics and mathematics. Furthermore, they shall acquire a basis to treat statically indeterminate structures. Totally, the volume shall be sufficient as a base for further statics together with all the construction subjects.

Contents

The mechanics: Basic concepts of mechanics Forces on plane structures by graphical and analytical analysis methods Forces on hinged structures Analysis of rope and wire systems Simple truss structures Friction forces Cross section analysis of different beam profiles by use of integrals Section forces and stresses developed by differentials and integrals Graphs of axial and shear forces and moment diagrams. Extremal values Buckling of axially loaded members. Stability versus 2nd order’s effects Deformation calculations by geometry consideration and integration Statically indeterminate structures. Equations with several unknowns Unit load method / virtual work. Integration tables

Physical topics: Science of strength of materials Elasticity and plasticity Fluid mechanics

Mathematical topics: Mathematical modelling based on use of calculation with differentials and integrals Calculation of centre of gravity and area moments (moment of inertia) by use of functions of one or two

variables Introduction to polar coordinates Numeric integration Numeric solution of 1st order’s initial value problems

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, teaching / supervision and work with exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended.

Working Requirements30 compulsory exercises, whereof 20 must all be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The plan is conceived on the basis that the student works with the subject 7 hours per week in the autumn and 13 hours per week in the spring semester.

SyllabusVollen, Øystein: Mekanikk for ingeniører, Statikk og fasthetslære, NKI-forlagetVollen, Øystein: Mekanikk, hydraulikk, NKI-forlaget. Statikk-kompendier (or Knut Røhne and Kjell Vangestad: Byggstatikk, Universitetsforlaget) (John Haugan: Formler og tabeller, NKI-forlaget)Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk 1Edwards & Penney: Calculus 6e

Evaluation5-hour written examination. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. Technical tables / formulae collection

21

Subject: Construction Case and Project Work

Code LO229BType: Social and technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Technical Drawing, House Building Methods and CAD, Construction Materials and Construction Physics

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the practical use of the Planning and Building Act and the building provisions, together with the skills, knowledge and attitudes which are basic for successful project work.

ContentsThe decisions in the Planning and Building Act pertaining to building tradition, land use planning, degree of exploitation and the procedures in different types of planning and building cases. Technical provisions with guidelines.

The approval, responsibility and control system for all actors in the building process – from the planning and application phase all to implementation / accomplishment. Internal control and health, environment and security (HMS) at construction workplaces.

Plan, organise and accomplish a project by individual collection and selection of relevant information for project planning. Communicate and cooperate.

Prepare a standard written report about the project and give an oral presentation of this report.

Organisation and Working MethodsParallel lectures in Construction Case and Project Work, together with accomplishment of exercises. Class Fronter is used as study aid.

Working Requirements5 compulsory exercises together with a project assignment must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination.

SyllabusJan Karlsen, Byggesaksboka, Byggdatakompetanse, Plan- og bygningsloven, Byggeforskrifter (TEK, SAK og GOF) og veiledningene til disse, NS 8175 Lydforhold i bygninger, NS 3031 Energiberegninger, Internkontrollforskriften, Byggherreforskriften

Notes and presentations are laid out on Class Fronter.

Some web pages together with Byggforsk kunnskapssystemer will be used actively in the subject.

EvaluationProject assignment (30 %) and written final examination under invigilation (70 %) . In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. Norwegian Standards, laws, provisions and guidelines for these.

22

Subject: Mathematics 200 for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering

Code FO210BType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra, and develop skills to use this in relevant work within building and structural engineering.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Solution of linear equation systems on matrix form Matrix algebra, linear transformations, determinants Gauss and Gauss-Jordan processes for inverting of matrixes Linear independence, basics, basic introduction to vectors Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors for matrixes Diagonalisation of matrixes with application on systems of 1st order linear differential equations with

constant coefficients

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

23

2nd Year 2007-2008

Discipline of Structural Engineering

Subject: Mathematics 300 for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering

Code FO310BType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge and skills adapted to the need for mathematics of the study programme.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Complex numbers Solution of 2nd order differential equations with constant coefficients Basic introduction in the convergence principle and development of known elementary functions in Taylor

series Linear adaptation to functions and application of this on integrals and limit values Calculation of partial derived functions of several variables, graphs and level curves, and determination of

the equation for tangent plane on room surfaces Calculation and classification of critical points of functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus, 6 e, Early transcendentals, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk 2

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

24

Subject: Environment and Chemistry

Code FO051KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

basic knowledge of general chemistry, including chemical bonding and stoichiometry ability to carry out chemical equilibrium calculations, acid / base calculations and calculations with

redox reactions and electro-chemical cells ability to apply the knowledge of chemistry in environmental assessment insight into the resource challenges which society is facing and how to solve them understanding of the most common processes leading to environmental problems and how avoid or

reduce these problems ability to include the environmental aspect in the solution of technical problems, knowledge of the

Worker Protection and Working Environment Act and of factors which influence the working environment, especially the chemical environmental factors

ContentsThe chemistry part

Structure of atoms and the periodic system Inorganic combinations Chemical bonding types Reaction equations and stoichiometrical calculations Acid / base calculations and calculations with redox reactions Electrochemical cells and basic corrosion theory Ideal gases Organic substance groups, plastic, oil and gas

The environment part Basic principles of ecology Environmental problems related to various sources of energy Consumption pattern and measures to save energy Environmental analysis, environmental revision, lifetime evaluations Recipients and common cleaning methods for emission to air, water and soil Types of refuse and methods for treatment or recycling of refuse Health, environment and safety (internal control, the Working Environment Act and the Pollution

Control Act) Environmental management

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching is given as lectures 4 times a week and 4 exercise hours a week.

SyllabusRystad, Lauritsen: Kjemi og miljøkunnskap 3rd edition 2002. NKI-forlagetHellum, Bente and Thomassen, Hanne: Kompendium Miljø og kjemi, IU, HiO 2007

Working Requirements3 multi-choice tests on Class Fronter and one test examination. These must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

25

Subject: Structural Theory

Code SO201BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

AimThe students shall

understand the principles of dimensioning and be able to apply NS 3490 and NS 3491 (some parts) understand the mode of operation of the most common structural elements be able to analyse connections between different structural elements be able to install necessary wind bracing in structures be able to treat temperature strain know the principles of detailing

Contents NS 3490 and NS 3491 - 1,3 and 4 Beams: straight, curved, buckled and inclined Columns and frames Trusses: plane and 3-dimensional with different forms All types of slabs / plates Arches Tension members and cables Plane and 3-dimensional shells Connections between different structural elements Wind bracing Temperature influences Joints Preparation of structural details

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision for published exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended.

Working Requirements8 compulsory exercise assignments, 6 of which must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusParts of NS 3490 and 3491, Per Kr. Larsen: Konstruksjonsteknikk, -Laster og bæresystemer (Tapir akademiske forlag 2004)Divers minor compendia

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. Formulae collection / technical tables.

26

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Information handling Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working RequirementsIt is required that 8 individual, random-generated assignments are completed and approved to be allowed to sit for the examination. One of these assignments is adjusted to the individual study programmes. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

27

Subject: Geomatics

Code LO204BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall understand, create and use geographical information for planning, implementation and control of building activity.

ContentsThe students shall acquire knowledge so that they

know the geodetic basis for height and coordinate indication of terrain points know calculation methods for height determination of points in the terrain know calculation methods for coordinate determination of points in the terrain know calculation methods for surface area of sites be able to draw cross sections and length profiles know how to calculate quantities get an introduction in GIS

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory exercises

Working Requirements3 compulsory exercises. These must be completed and approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusJan Karlsen: Stikkningsboka, Byggdata kompetanse

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

28

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Social subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic understanding of project implementation, business administration, general management and ethics. With some working experience, they shall be able to lead minor projects and companies in an economically and ethically responsible way.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Project work: The software MS Project, project management, project implementation Economics: Business administration and project economics with accounts understanding and profit

evaluation, including budgeting and investment analyses General management: Vision, aim, purpose, attitudes, values, commitment, cooperation, motivation

innovation, delegation, independent co-workers, culture of organisation, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company

Ethics: Ethical challenges for the company and its employees. Improvement of ethical behaviour Guest lecturers: Practice of business world today

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Project work in groups.

SyllabusKjell Gunnar Hoff: Bedriftens økonomi, 6th edition, Universitetsforlaget, 2005. (BØ)Auxiliary literature and exercises: Arbeidsbok til Bedriftens økonomi. (Arb.BØ)Support literature: Ivar Bredesen: Investering og Finansiering, 3rd edition, Gyldendal.Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo, 2008.Collins J.C. and Porras J.I., Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York, 2002. Harung, H. S. (2004). Course on value-based management: Learning to create high-performing organizations by putting man before money. Emerald Management Xtra (EMX), Emerald Journals Online Portfolio, Bradford, England (www.emeraldinsight.com – examples of really interesting teaching practice and course design).Harung, H. S. (In review). Stimulating Reflection in a Management Course for Engineering and Technology Students, Journal of Management Education.

Working Requirements4 project reports must be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

29

Subject: Geotechnics

Code LO254BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of geological conditions and a basis for undertaking geotechnical assessments and calculations.

Contents The soil’s structure and important geological processes Common minerals, rock and earth types Geotechnical assessment of building sites. Assess the need for ground investigation and laboratory tests Soil conditions and geotechnical tests Characteristic solidity of earth. Undertake simple geothecnical calculations Calculate and assess the stability of natural slopes and excavations General earth pressure calculations towards supporting walls and strutting Calculate the load capacity of foundations on various loose sediments Simple settling calculations

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervisions of distributed exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended. Class Fronter is used as study aid.

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory laboratory exercises must be submitted and approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. 6 out of 10 practice assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusOlav R. Aarhaug: Geoteknikk og fundamenteringslære, NKI-forlaget

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationGeotechnical formulae collection and handheld calculator without wireless connection

30

Subject: Description, Calculation and Contracting

Code LO225BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge to prepare and understand tender documents and building descriptions, state building costs for different phases of the building process, enter into building contract and understand the general contract-related rules for the implementation of a building project.

Contents Preparation of the necessary project documents in accordance with prevailing standards Application of Norwegian description standards with insight into other standards Various types and methods of calculation Determination of calculation factors on the basis of actual costs Trades agreements and contract work tariffs The principles in connection with various forms of enterprises and contracting methods Application of contract regulations in planning and implementation of construction and building

projects

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory project assignments. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester. Working Requirements4 compulsory practice assignments which approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. SyllabusRobert Wigen: Bygningsadministrasjon, Tapir. NS 3405. NS 3420-0. NS 3420-L. NS 3450. NS 3451. NS 3453. NS 8400. NS 8405

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNorwegian Standards and handheld calculator without wireless connection

31

Subject: Statics and Concrete

Code LO260BType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

AimIn the statics part, the students shall acquire knowledge of the basis to calculate load effects and deformations in statically determined and statically undetermined structures. The concrete part shall give the students a basis to make them able to dimension the most common construction elements in reinforced concrete.

ContentsStatics

In depth study of the beam theory, including the connection between torque and curvature The differential equation for elastic line / deformations Virtual work and the unit load method. The law of reciprocal deflections The cross method / the importance of rigidity Simple influence lines Practical use of statics

Concrete Torque dimensioning of beams and slabs Shear force dimensioning of beams and slabs Reinforcement anchoring in mid-span and at supports Deformation calculations Simplified crack control Short columns Slim columns Consoles Foundations Torsion Concentrated loads Flat slabs Reinforcement works and practical solutions

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervisions of distributed exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended. Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory exercises and practice assignments. 70 % of the exercises must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. SyllabusKompendium i grunnleggende statikk or Knut Røhne and Kjell Vangestad: Bygningsstatikk for ingeniørhøgskolen, Universitetsforlaget, NS 3473 (6th edition), Lærebok i grunnleggende betongdimensjonering. (Should be based on NS 3473, 6th edition from Sept. 2003) Ex.: Svein I. Sørensen: Betongkonstruksjoner, armert betong og spennbetong (Tapir akademiske forlag, 2004) or Knut Røhne and Kjell Vangestad: Betongkonstruksjoner, prosjektering (Gyldendal yrkesopplæring)

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. Formulae collection / technical tables.

32

2nd Year 2007-2008

Discipline of Technical Planning

Subject: Mathematics 300 for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering

Code FO310BType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100 (former Mathematics I)

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and skills adapted to the need for mathematics of the study programme.

ContentsThe following topics are included

Complex numbers Solution of 2nd order differential equations with constant coefficients Basic introduction to the convergence principle and development of known elementary functions in

Taylor series Linear adaptation to functions and application of this on integrals and limit values. Calculation of partial derived functions of several variables, together with sketching of graphs and level

curves, and determination of the equation for tangent plane on room surfaces Calculation and classification of critical points of functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 2 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards and Penney: Calculus, 6 e, Early transcendentals, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2.Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk 2

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

33

Subject: Environment and Chemistry

Code FO051KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

basic understanding of general chemistry, including chemical bonding and stoichiometry ability to carry out chemical equilibrium calculations, acid / base calculations and calculations with

redox reactions and electro-chemical cells ability to apply the knowledge of chemistry in environmental assessment insight into the resource challenges which society is facing and how to solve them understanding of the most common processes leading to environmental problems and how avoid or

reduce these problems ability to include the environmental aspect in the solution of technical problems, knowledge of the

Worker Protection and Working Environment Act and of factors which influence the working environment, especially the chemical environmental factors

ContentsThe chemistry part

Structure of atoms and the periodic system Inorganic combinations Chemical bonding types Reaction equations and stoichiometrical calculations Acid / base calculations and calculations with redox reactions Electrochemical cells and basic corrosion theory Ideal gases Organic substance groups, plastic, oil and gas

The environment part Basic principles of ecology Environmental problems related to various sources of energy Consumption pattern and measures to save energy Environmental analysis, environmental revision, lifetime evaluations Recipients and common cleaning methods for emission to air, water and soil Types of refuse and methods for treatment or recycling of refuse Health, environment and safety (internal control, the Working Environment Act and the Pollution

Control Act) Environmental management

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching is given as lectures 4 times a week and 4 exercise hours a week.

SyllabusRystad, Lauritsen: Kjemi og miljøkunnskap 3rd edition 2002. NKI-forlagetHellum, Bente and Thomassen, Hanne: Kompendium Miljø og kjemi, IU, HiO 2007

Working Requirements3 multi-choice tests on Class Fronter and one test examination. These must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

34

Subject: Structural Theory

Code SO201BType: Technical subjectsVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

AimThe students shall

understand the principles of dimensioning and be able to apply NS 3490 and NS 3491 (some parts) understand the mode of operation of the most common structural elements be able to analyse connections between different structural elements be able to install necessary wind bracing in structures be able to treat temperature strain know the principles of detailing

Contents NS 3490 and NS 3491 - 1,3 and 4 Beams: straight, curved, buckled and inclined Columns and frames Trusses: plane and 3-dimensional with different forms All types of slabs / plates Arches Tension members and cables Plane and 3-dimensional shells Connections between different structural elements Wind bracing Temperature influences Joints Preparation of structural details

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision for published exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended.

Working Requirements8 compulsory exercise assignments, 6 of which must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusParts of NS 3490 and 3491, Per Kr. Larsen: Konstruksjonsteknikk, -Laster og bæresystemer (Tapir akademiske forlag 2004)Divers minor compendia

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. Formulae collection / technical tables.

35

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Information handling Basic statistics and combinatorics Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working RequirementsIt is required that 8 individual, random-generated assignments are completed and approved to be allowed to sit for the examination. One of these assignments is adjusted to the individual study programmes. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

36

Subject: Geomatics

Code LO204BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall understand, create and use geographical information for planning, implementation and control of building activity.

ContentsThe students shall acquire knowledge so that they

know the geodetic basis for height and coordinate indication of terrain points know calculation methods for height determination of points in the terrain know calculation methods for coordinate determination of points in the terrain know calculation methods for surface area of sites be able to draw cross sections and length profiles know how to calculate quantities get an introduction in GIS

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory exercises

Working Requirements3 compulsory exercises. These must be completed and approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusJan Karlsen: Stikkningsboka, Byggdata kompetanse

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

37

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Social subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic understanding of project implementation, business administration, general management and ethics. With some working experience, they shall be able to lead minor projects and companies in an economically and ethically responsible way.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Project work: The software MS Project, project management, project implementation Economics: Business administration and project economics with accounts understanding and profit

evaluation, including budgeting and investment analyses General management: Vision, aim, purpose, attitudes, values, commitment, cooperation, motivation

innovation, delegation, independent co-workers, culture of organisation, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company

Ethics: Ethical challenges for the company and its employees. Improvement of ethical behaviour Guest lecturers: Practice of business world today

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Project work in groups.

SyllabusKjell Gunnar Hoff: Bedriftens økonomi, 6th edition, Universitetsforlaget, 2005. (BØ)Auxiliary literature and exercises: Arbeidsbok til Bedriftens økonomi. (Arb.BØ)Support literature: Ivar Bredesen: Investering og Finansiering, 3rd edition, Gyldendal.Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo, 2008.Collins J.C. and Porras J.I., Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York, 2002. Harung, H. S. (2004). Course on value-based management: Learning to create high-performing organizations by putting man before money. Emerald Management Xtra (EMX), Emerald Journals Online Portfolio, Bradford, England (www.emeraldinsight.com – examples of really interesting teaching practice and course design).Harung, H. S. (In review). Stimulating Reflection in a Management Course for Engineering and Technology Students, Journal of Management Education.

Working Requirements4 project reports must be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

38

Subject: Geotechnics

Code LO254BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of geological conditions and a basis for undertaking geotechnical assessments and calculations.

Contents The soil’s structure and important geological processes Common minerals, rock and earth types Geotechnical assessment of building sites. Assess the need for ground investigation and laboratory tests Soil conditions and geotechnical tests Characteristic solidity of earth. Undertake simple geothecnical calculations Calculate and assess the stability of natural slopes and excavations General earth pressure calculations towards supporting walls and strutting Calculate the load capacity of foundations on various loose sediments Simple settling calculations

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervisions of distributed exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended. Class Fronter is used as study aid.

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory laboratory exercises must be submitted and approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. 6 out of 10 practice assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusOlav R. Aarhaug: Geoteknikk og fundamenteringslære, NKI-forlaget

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationGeotechnical formulae collection and handheld calculator without wireless connection

39

Subject: Description, Calculation and Contracting

Code LO225BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge to prepare and understand tender documents and building descriptions, state building costs for different phases of the building process, enter into building contract and understand the general contract-related rules for the implementation of a building project.

Contents Preparation of the necessary project documents in accordance with prevailing standards Application of Norwegian description standards with insight into other standards Various types and methods of calculation Determination of calculation factors on the basis of actual costs Trades agreements and contract work tariffs The principles in connection with various forms of enterprises and contracting methods Application of contract regulations in planning and implementation of construction and building

projects

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory project assignments. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester. Working Requirements4 compulsory practice assignments which approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. SyllabusRobert Wigen: Bygningsadministrasjon, Tapir. NS 3405. NS 3420-0. NS 3420-L. NS 3450. NS 3451. NS 3453. NS 8400. NS 8405

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNorwegian Standards and handheld calculator without wireless connection

40

Subject: Geomatics and Highway Engineering

Code LO239BType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimIn the surveying (landmåling) part of the subject, the students shall understand, register and use geographical information for planning, implementation and control building activity. In the road engineering part of the subject, the students shall acquire knowledge of the lining out of roads and the main technical working processes in road construction. Routines in the use of relevant computer software.

Contents Theories and methods used for mapping in different scales Applying the mapping to plan, construct and control structural changes in the terrain Use of equipment, measurement techniques and calculation methods which are commonly used for

marking and preparation of a grid of points or single points in the terrain Commonly used calculation methods for determining final coordinates and heights The basics of digital map data, geographical information systems (GIS) and GPS Simple individual measuring and surveying assignments Requirements concerning accuracy and elementary theory of errors Theories and methods according to the regulations in the highway standard 017, giving the premises for

the geometrics of a highway The basis for determination of highway class, sight distance together with the calculation method for the

highway geometry Various construction types and processes The dimensioning of highways on the basis of nature and environment conditions and prevailing

standards in the highway standard 018 Capacity and costs estimates in transportation Calculation of costs and capacity of loading / transport Basic routines in planning of construction and operation Basic routines in the most used computer software for highway planning + laboratory course in the use

of NovaPoint for line construction and highway modelling

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, compulsory project works in groups, compulsory submissions, compulsory laboratory course in NovaPoint and compulsory field exercises. Working Requirements4 compulsory exercises, one project and one summer exercise. This must be accomplished and approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. The projects shall be interdisciplinary and accomplished in groups of 3-5 participants. Two compulsory submissions with the requirement of at least 60 % score to sit for the examination in the construction part, compulsory exercises in the geometry part + passed laboratory course in NovaPoint.

SyllabusØkern, Landmåling 1 og 2, NKI-forlagetSelected standards from Norwegian Mapping Authority (Statens kartverk)Handbooks 017, 018 from Public Roads Administration (Statens vegvesen)Compendia and lectures which are handed out

Recommended literature:Geografiske koordinater, http://www.rummet.dk/3ad0029Hvordan virker GPS, http://www.rummet.dk/3a50029/print/1

EvaluationInterdisciplinary project work counts 30 % of the road part and 5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

41

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

42

3rd Year 2007-2008

Discipline of Structural Engineering

Subject: Steel and Timber Structures

Code LO234BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Construction Materials, Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics and Statics and Concrete

AimThe students shall acquire ability to dimension simple load-bearing building elements of timber and steel according to methods described in Norwegian project standards NS 3470 and NS 3472 and acquire knowledge of the theoretical basis of these standards.

ContentsThe subject includes projecting of simple load-bearing building elements of timber and steel in ultimate limit state, work load limit state and accident limit state. Elements under analysis are mainly beams, columns and connections. The subject shall give understanding of the effect of loads, material properties and use of information found in other standards. The course gives the opportunity to use dimensioning software.

The students shall acquire knowledge to be able to apply science of strength of materials in the dimensioning of load-bearing timber and steel

elements be acquainted with the theoretical basics of the most common projecting methods be acquainted with the dimensioning methods in NS 3470 and 3472 understand the function of simple connections of steel and timber be acquainted with computer software for dimensioning of simple structures

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises and laboratory exercises in G programme Working Requirements4 compulsory practice assignments and two laboratory exercises must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusPer Kr. Larsen: Dimensjonering av stålkonstruksjoner. TapirPetter Aune: Trekonstruksjoner, Tapir. Limtreboken, Moelven Limtre A/S.Prosjektering av trekonstruksjoner. Beregnings- og konstruksjonsregler NS 3470-1Prosjektering av stålkonstruksjoner. Beregnings- og konstruksjonsregler NS 3472.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationFormulae collection, Norwegian Standards and handheld calculator without wireless connection

43

Subject: Administration, Operation and Maintenance (AOM)

Code LO255BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge how to design buildings to keep down total costs in the construction phase as well as in the future operating and maintenance phases.

Contents Calculation of the life cycle costs for typical buildings and constructions Assessment how choice of reasonable building materials / methods and knowledge of building damage

prevention effect the costs Organisation and systematisation of AOM-related routines for cost optimisation of normal building and

construction projects The concept of AOM and what it stands for Application and integration of AOM-related principles in building and construction documentation Creation of an information and follow-up system for a building project Use and maintenance need of the various construction materials The most common design of ground works, foundation, supporting systems and weather cover to avoid

damages or / and high AOM costs The various calculation methods to determine profitability Application of life cycle costs to relevant projects Preparation of damage and survey report for parts of relevant buildings / constructions

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, group work and 3 compulsory submissions Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works must be approved before the student gets the examination right.

SyllabusNS 3422. NS 3424. NS 3454. NS 3456Bøhlerengen and Ingvaldsen: Byggskadeomfanget i Norge, Byggforskdata, Extracts from Internet, submitted compendia, Byggforsk: Fukt i bygninger

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationFormulae collection and handheld calculator without wireless connection

44

Subject: Concrete I

Code SO227BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

AimThe students shall be able to dimension the most common construction elements in reinforced concrete. Contents

Torque dimensioning of beams and slabs Shear force dimensioning of beams and slabs Reinforcement anchoring in mid-span and at supports Deformation calculations Simplified crack control Short columns Slim columns Consoles Foundations Torsion Concentrated loads Flat slabs Reinforcement works and practical solutions

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervisions of distributed exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended. Working Requirements8 compulsory practice assignments. 6 of the assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusNS 3473 (6th edition), Lærebok i grunnleggende betongdimensjonering. (Should be based on NS 3473, 6th edition from Sept. 2003) Ex.: Svein I. Sørensen: Betongkonstruksjoner, armert betong og spennbetong (Tapir akademiske forlag, 2004) or Knut Røhne and Kjell Vangestad: Betongkonstruksjoner, prosjektering (Gyldendal yrkesopplæring)

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationFormulae collection / technical tables and handheld calculator without wireless connection

45

Subject: Structural Theory

Code SO201BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics

AimThe students shall

understand the principles of dimensioning and be able to apply NS 3490 and NS 3491 (some parts) understand the mode of operation of the most common structural elements be able to analyse connections between different structural elements be able to install necessary wind bracing in structures be able to treat temperature strain know the principles of detailing

Contents NS 3490 and NS 3491 - 1,3 and 4 Beams: straight, curved, buckled and inclined Columns and frames Trusses: plane and 3-dimensional with different forms All types of slabs / plates Arches Tension members and cables Plane and 3-dimensional shells Connections between different structural elements Wind bracing Temperature influences Joints Preparation of structural details

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision for published exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended.

Working Requirements8 compulsory exercise assignments, 6 of which must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination.

SyllabusParts of NS 3490 and 3491, Per Kr. Larsen: Konstruksjonsteknikk, -Laster og bæresystemer (Tapir akademiske forlag 2004)Divers minor compendia

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. Formulae collection / technical tables.

46

Subject: Statistics II

Code SO232BType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics. Statics.

AimThe students shall be able to calculate critical forces, deformations and load-bearing capacity of various structures based on different methods.

Contents Plastic capacities. Interactions between moment, shear force and axial force Rupture calculations in frames etc. based on plastic flow 2nd order flexural theory Buckling theory and calculation according to simplified methods Influence lines for simple statically indeterminate structures Beam grids Statically indeterminate frames and circular arches, with or without tension members Influence of temperatures

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervisions of practice assignments. Work in colloquia is recommended. Working Requirements8 compulsory practice assignments, 6 of which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination. SyllabusThor Erik Hals: Konstruksjonsmekanikk, TapirKnut Røhne and Kjell Vangestad: Bygningsstatikk for ingeniørhøgskolen, Universitetsforlaget

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. Technical tables. Knut Røhne and Kjell Vangestad: Bygningsstatikk for ingeniørhøgskolen. Thor Erik Hals: Konstruksjonsmekanikk.

47

Subject: Concrete II

Code LO228BType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Engineering Mathematics. Statics. Concrete I

AimThe students shall be able to dimension the most common construction elements in prestressed concrete (pretensioned and posttensioned concrete), and to construct a concrete element building, i.e. resist all the wind forces. Contents

Prestressed structures, the different types The principle of prestressing Shrinkage, creep and relaxation Choice of steel quality. Work diagrams for reinforcement Example with prestressed tension rod Simply supported T-beam: pretensioned and posttensioned Loss of prestressing force by pretensioning Prestressing systems. Methods of anchoring Statically indeterminate structures Concrete element buildings Introduction of wind loads in element structures Horizontal resistance walls Vertical resistance walls. Stability Dimensioning of reinforcement in joints and edge beams Design of details / joints

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision of distributed exercises. Work in colloquia is recommended. Working Requirements3 compulsory practice assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. SyllabusNS 3473: Prosjektering av betongkonstruksjoner. Beregnings- og konstruksjonsregler, 6th edition, Sept. 2003Svein I. Sørensen: Betongkonstruksjoner, armert betong og spennbetong (Tapir akademiske forlag)Betongelementboken (parts of 6 volumes), (Betongindustriens Landsforening)

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll written study aids. Handheld calculator without wireless connection.

48

Subject: Final Year Project

Code HO920BType: Final year projectVolume:20 ECTS credits

Aim and contentsThrough their final year project, the students shall demonstrate that they can translate knowledge into recommended practical solutions or reporting through submitting in an independent and systematic way a project based on either external employer’s requirements or a theme of their own choice within the study programme.

Organisation and Working MethodsThe final year project is an independent assignment to be accomplished by students in groups or, exceptionally, by individual students after the approval of application for this. A supervisor at the field of study concerned will be appointed, who will give project supervision according to the students’ needs. (For projects to be accomplished in cooperation with an enterprise or public institution, there will normally also be an external supervisor.)

Working RequirementsA written report shall be submitted, and a concluding presentation of the assignment shall be given. The project period runs from the beginning of January until its submission in the end of May. The students’ workload shall be approximately 400 hours for the final year project.

EvaluationThe final year project is evaluated together with the carrying out, the degree of difficulty and the oral presentation. Each individual student may be orally examined about the final year project. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

49

Electives for Bachelor Programme in Civil Engineering 2007-2008

Subject: Highway and Street Maintanance

Code LV234BType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge within the subject area highway and street maintenance.

Contents The standard of operation and maintenance Various types of degradation Methods of assessing conditions Maintenance of surfaces Organisation and cooperation Warning and marking of highway works Types of contracts in highway maintenance Different methods for maintenance of various types of highways, surfaces and bridges The contents of relevant manuals within the subject area Highway safety, environment and public analyses Life cycle costs and costs of operation and maintenance of highways Calculation interest

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory assignments, field course. Working RequirementsTwo compulsory assignments and one compulsory field course must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. SyllabusCompendia and syllabus literature is handed out before lecture.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection. All written and printed study aids.

50

Subject: Building Tradition, Architecture and Design

Code LV226BType: ElectiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Construction Case, Technical Drawing and CAD

AimThe students shall acquire understanding of and ability to evaluate aesthetics, style and architecture in our built environment, and the historical development up to the present time. The students shall develop insight into the concept of building tradition and adaptation of new buildings and structure initiatives to the existing environment.

Contents The historical development within town planning and the design of streets and outdoor spaces in the

built environment The historical development of architecture in Norway and Europe, and learn to identify the most

important architectural styles Main features and differences in the local (regional) building tradition in Norway Understanding of the fulfilment of Section 74.2 of The Planning and Building Act about building

tradition and aesthetics and good adaptation to the natural and built-up surroundings Understanding of how building tradition and aesthetic considerations may be respected in all building

projects and initiatives, and especially in connection with urban renewal / rehabilitation (balconies, insulation of old construction, noise barriers), housing densification, building extensions etc.

Understanding of how environmental precautions and the wish for sustainable development may be connected to the concept of building tradition, with the objective to develop sound housing environments

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, excursions to and field tips to building environments and building projects in Oslo. Visual architecture documentation from video films, CDs, slide shows etc. Student lectures. Class Fronter is used as study aid. Working Requirements3 compulsory written assignments shall be submitted. 2-3 students may work together. The 3 compulsory written assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the final examination. SyllabusThomas Thiis Evensen: Europas Arkitekturhistorie, Gyldendal"Mitt hus er din utsikt" Husbanken / Statens byggeskikkutvalg"Estetikk i Plan- og Byggesaker", from Ministry of the EnvironmentByggforsk knowledge systems are used activelyGiven Internet addresses are used actively in the courseMuch subject material is published in Class Fronter

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

51

Subject: Building Deterioration and Rehabilitation

Code LV227BType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of general damage on structures and technical installations of buildings and other projects, preventive measures and rehabilitation / methods of repair.

ContentsThemes to be reviewed are:

Sanitary installations (water supply and sewerage) Central heating Electrical installations Alarm systems Ventilation Energy saving (ENØK) Installation of elevator with life cycle standards Measures to improve fire safety Improvement of acoustic standard (noise conditions) Solutions of refuse collection / refuse sorting Measures to counteract environmental damage (dangerous material – PCBs, asbestos), and measures

against radon emanation Methods and aids to make economic decisions Status reports as basis for building-related initiatives Causes of deterioration and repair methods for typical building deterioration The composition of the building substance in the different epochs Rebuilding techniques Operational safety and FM (Facility Management of Technical Equipment)

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, field trips, 4 written assignments Working RequirementsThe 4 written assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the final examination. SyllabusExtracts from Byggforsk Kunnskapssystemer (Internet).NS 3454. NS 3422. NS 3424. NS 3456Byggforsk reports and handout compendiaByggforsks Håndbok 50: Fukt i bygninger, 2002Survey of relevant Internet addresses will also be handed out and actively used in the course

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

52

Subject: Building and Construction Topics

Code LV221BType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of planning and operation of building and construction sites.

ContentsThe students shall

be able to establish and follow up a plan for health, environment and safety (HMS) for the implementation of building and construction work

be able to establish and follow up a system for QA (Quality Assurance) for the implementation of building and construction work

be able to prepare progress and resource plans acquire knowledge of economic control and reporting develop skills in meeting, negotiation and presentation techniques be familiar with relevant planning and management software

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory project assignments. The subject is implemented in cooperation with local construction companies, and the compulsory project assignments are accomplished on building sites in the Oslo area. Working Requirements4 compulsory project assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. SyllabusWill be handed out at the start of the semester

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

53

Subject: Land Use Planning and Regulation

Code LV236BType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Technical Drawing and CAD, Construction Case

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of

preparation of land use plans with emphasis on development plan and housing plan the contents of laws, regulations and guidelines related to land use planning assessment and consideration of aesthetics, nature and environment, and the inclusion of sustainable

development intentions (LA21) and good accessibility in a “lifetime” perspective mastering the existing computer-based planning tools

Contents Prepare a private development plan and associated housing plan on the basis of superior intentions in

the land use part of the local government plan, and prepare proposals to alter land use plans Prepare the plans on the basis of current technical provisions and requirements concerning access,

parking, water, discharge, waste disposal, energy supply, data / telecommunication, environment (noise, air pollution etc.)

Account for the political progress for land use plans from the notification of start-up including appeal proceedings and special arrangements such as national development plan and consideration of guidelines relating to national politics (rikspolitiske retningslinjer, RPR)

Accomplish a simplified site analysis as basis for the land use planning Acquire knowledge of the use of computer-based planning tools (GIS / GAB systems) and digital map

series

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures. Guide for assignment solving and use of digital aids. Two compulsory written assignments (two students may prepare the assignments together). Field trip and guided tours in cooperation with the municipal Agency for Planning and Building Services (Plan- og bygningsetaten) and architect offices. Some information will be shown on CD and video. Given Internet addresses will be used actively in the course. Working RequirementsThe two compulsory project assignments must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the final examination. Syllabus"Kommuneplanens arealdel" and "Reguleringsplan, Bebyggelsesplan", guide from Ministry of the Environment (MD)Forskrift og veiledning om Konsekvensutredning, from MD"Fortetning med kvalitet", guide from MD and Ministry of Local Government and Regional Development (KRD)Further publications about "Gode boområder" etc.from Norwegian State Housing Bank (Husbanken)Some copies from the house printing office will be handed out (such as Byggdetaljblader and Planserieblader from Byggforsk – also accessible in Byggforsk Kunnskapssystemer on Internet)Relevant Internet addresses will be given. It is assumed that the students have the Planning and Building Act, The Building Regulations (Byggeforskriftene) from 1997 (TEK and SAK), Guides, including the guide "Grad av utnytting", from MD (which was used in the subject Construction Case in the 2nd year)

EvaluationThe project assignments (counting 30 % of the final grade) and 3-hour written final examination under invigilation (counting 70 % of the final grade). In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll written and printed aids

54

Subject: Placement in an Engineering Enterprise

Code LV237BType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

understanding of the coherence between theory and practice knowledge of the organisation in an engineering enterprise insight into the “role” of the enterprise in the building industry general knowledge of working life

Contents Placement and stay in a relevant engineering enterprise Midway evaluation of the practice Final report

Organisation and Working MethodsIt is required that the work content has a reasonable relation to this subject description. In addition to the daily working tasks to be carried out in the practice job, the student must focus on the accomplishment of the aims of the subject. This implies an active participation for personal learning, and the student shall conclude the placement period by a report.

Working RequirementsThe placement period must have a duration corresponding to minimum 100 hours. The report written at the end of the placement period must be approved. SyllabusMore detailed specification may be applicable depending on the type of enterprise or job.

EvaluationThe final report is the basis for the evaluation within the subject. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

55

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Computer ScienceDiscipline (studieretning) of Computer Science

Introduction

Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Computer Science is a 3-year study programme, and accomplished study gives the degree of Bachelor of Engineering – Computer Science. The study programme intends to give a general and broad education in information technology and deals primarily with software.

What Does the Study Programme Qualify for?

The computer engineer shall be able to solve efficiently computer science-related tasks in enterprises and business world by help of modern computer technology. They shall be able to develop and integrate systems and programmes of computer technology for different needs, administer data networks and other data installations and give user support and training. They shall also have the necessary theoretical basis to be able to acquire rapidly new knowledge, new methods and new computer technology.

The Oslo region has a large and composite labour market for workforce with computer technology competence. Candidates with broad competence will be key personnel in many enterprises in public as well as private sector.

Aims of the Study Programme

Through their study, the students shall acquire necessary knowledge to and skills to understand the concepts, issues and methods of

information technology develop the ability to solve computer-related tasks in business world and the rest of society by help of

modern computer technology acquire understanding of how the use of computer science systems influences an organisation and the

working environment of the individual develop a positive attitude towards the subject field and towards the development which takes place acquire knowledge as academic basis for supplementary and advanced education develop skills to integrate and evaluate DP systems and programmes for different needs

Contents

Central Themes in the Study Programme are programming and programme development based on structural as well as object-oriented way of

thinking algorithms and data structures data modelling and database theory systems design and application development development and integration of larger systems in distributed and network-based environments data-technical and system-oriented subjects such as computer architecture, operating systems and

network technology

It is prepared for a study programme with emphasis on use of modern computer technology.

Admission Requirement

The admission requirement is special entrance qualifications for higher education, i.e. general entrance qualifications for higher education with in depth study of mathematics (3mX) and physics (2FY). Alternatively pre-course for Bachelor Programme in Engineering or 2-year technical school (teknisk fagskole).

Subject Descriptions

56

We refer to the text for each individual subject. According to the national curriculum, the basic subject of physics has a volume of 10 ECTS credits. These are distributed with 5 ECTS credits in FO151A Physics and 5 ECTS credits in LO123A Computer architecture. Social science subjects (15 ECTS credits): 10 ECTS credits in LO191A Project implementation and ethics and 5 ECTS credits in the subject LO136A Web-project.

It will appear from the subject description whether a subject is based on subjects earlier in the study programme. On the background of academic and pedagogical evaluations, these are recommended previous knowledge for the subject, and not a requirement that these subjects must be passed before the relevant subject may be started on. Before the student may start on the final year project, the requirement applies that examinations equalling at least 90 ECTS credits must be passed within 1 October of the academic year concerned.

Teaching / Supervision

The teaching / supervision will be a combination of lectures, exercises, compulsory submissions, projects and self-tuition. In most of the subjects, different forms of problem-based teaching and learning are used. In some subjects, Internet-based supervision will be used.

The schemes for teaching / supervision will be implemented according to the principles in the Quality Reform, i.e. use of student-active teaching methods where the students must be personally active through different exercise and project works. In some subjects, the evaluation of different student works during the semester will also be a constituent part of the final evaluation of the subject. More detailed information on this will be found in the description of each individual subject.

Through the training programme and feedback on the different practice assignments, the students will get continuous feedback on their academic development.

Teaching Schedule

At the start of each semester, the students will get a teaching schedule for each individual subject. The teaching schedule will contain reading list, work schedule, detailed information on training arrangements and working requirements with relevant deadlines.

Teaching Material

In most of the subjects, English textbooks will be used. For some subjects, separate compendia will be prepared. Nevertheless, in the subject survey below, syllabus literature will be listed under the different subjects. However, as the computer science sector is rapidly developing, a general reservation must be made as for exact indication of book titles. If the study programme shall be attractive and updated, the reading lists must be updated in step with the development taking place within the subject area.

The study programme also implies that the students themselves are actively searching for current material using library and Internet.

Evaluation

In many of the subjects, there will be individual written examination on which the final grade will be based. In many subjects, it is required that certain working requirements (compulsory submissions) must be accomplished before the student may sit for the examination. In the subjects where no written examination is required, the evaluation will be based on an accomplished project work. The evaluation and examination form is described under the different subject descriptions.

Act relating to universities and university colleges does not require the use of external examiner for examinations where the grade is included in the diploma. The Faculty will use external examiner in such a way that some subject are chosen at random. These subjects will be evaluated by external examiner considering examination system as well as examination papers. In such cases, normally 10 % of the students’ answer papers (at least 5 pc.) will be evaluated by external examiner. In addition, the Faculty will appoint and external examiner on study programme level who will actively contribute to continuous evaluation and quality assurance of the study programme considering contents as well as syllabus literature, evaluation forms etc. Use of external examiners is a constituent part of the Faculty’s system for quality control of our courses on offer.

57

Evaluation Expression

The final evaluation of a subject is expressed in one of the following ways: According to a grading scale from A to E for passed with A as the best grade, E as the weakest and F

for not passed As Passed / Not Passed

The evaluation expression for each subject is indicated under the subject descriptions.

Internationalisation

Computer technology is an international subject field, and this is reflected in the curriculum contents by use of internationally known hardware and software used all over the world. The applied literature is mainly foreign and used at different educational institutions in the whole world. Therefore, Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Computer Science is international in its character and offers good possibilities for student exchange within the frame of the Bachelor programme. The study programme also provides a solid base for further studies abroad.

The curriculum is adapted for internationalisation in the sense that students may accomplish parts of their study programme at institutions abroad and have their examinations from these institutions approved as part of their Bachelor programme according to the time-for-time principle. Oslo University College has exchange agreements with a number of foreign educational institutions.

The study programme is also organised so that incoming students may accomplish the entire study programme or individual subjects. Supervision in English may be provided.

More detailed information is available on our web pages.

58

Subject and ECTS Credit Distribution for Students Starting Their 1st Year of Study in 20071st yearDiscrete Mathematics 10 ECTS credits autumnProgramming 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb-project 10 ECTS credits autumnMathematics 100 5 ECTS credits springStatistics 5 ECTS credits springProgramme development 10 ECTS credits springComputer architecture 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd yearAlgorithms and data structures 10 ECTS credits autumnSystem development 10 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnRelational databases 10 ECTS credits springOperating systems and UNIX 10 ECTS credits springProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd yearMathematics 200 for Computer Science 5 ECTS credits autumnPhysics 5 ECTS credits autumnComputer security 10 ECTS credits autumnComputer electives 10 ECTS credits spring / autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits spring / autumnFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

Subject and ECTS Credit Distribution for Students Admitted to Their 1st Year of Study in the Autumn 2005 (3rd Year of Study)

3rd yearMathematics 200 Computer Science 5 ECTS credits autumnStatistic 5 ECTS credits autumnSystem development 10 ECTS credits autumnComputer electives 10 ECTS credits spring / autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits spring / autumnFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

59

1st Year 2007-2008

Subject: Discrete Mathematics

Code FO019AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the relevant topics within discrete mathematics used in basic and advanced computer science. It is intended that students shall develop skills to use this type of mathematics as a tool for solving computer science assignments.

ContentsTopics taught:

Logic and set theory Integers and matrices Sequences, series and differential equations Theory of combinations Relations, trees and graphs Boolean algebra

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusKenneth H. Rosen: Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, McGraw-Hill

Working Requirements3 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

60

Subject: Programming

Code LO127AType: Technical subjectsVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire syntax and semantics in an object-oriented programming language. Furthermore, they shall develop knowledge of basic algorithms, data structures, programme structure and programming methods.

ContentsTopics taught:

Data types Control structures Data structures (arrays) Classes, objects, references Basic use of inheritance Simple user communication by way of graphical user interface The programming language Java

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusDeitel & Deitel: Java How to Program, 6th edition.Other literature is under consideration.

Working Requirements5 compulsory works and two individual tests (without use of study aids) must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

61

Subject: Web-Project

Code LO136AType: Social subjects (5 ECTS credits) and technical subjects (5 ECTS credits)Volume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire the skills, knowledge and attitudes which form the basis for successful project work, here specified for web publishing.

ContentsTopics taught:

Planning, organising and implementation of a project Collection and selection of relevant information Communication and cooperation Preparation and oral presentation of a standard written report on the project How data (numbers, text, sound and picture) are represented on a computer Exchange of data and services between machines on the Internet Development of web pages by help of HTML and style sheets Elementary web psychology

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 5 students.

SyllabusAnn-Mari Torvatn: Kommunikasjon for ingeniører, Tapir, 2001Ann-Mari Torvatn: Praktiske tips og eksempler for prosjektarbeid, Tapir, 2004Elisabeth Castro: HTML for The World Wide Web, Peachpit Press

Working RequirementsOne report on a technical subject published as a web page. The report and the web page must be approved. In addition, each group shall submit collaboration agreement, formulation of their task, process goal as well as a progress plan for the project part of the subject. An individual test under invigilation must also have been passed. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. EvaluationThe concluding project work carried out by the group is the concluding evaluation of this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

62

Subject: Mathematics 100

Code FO100AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge of elementary functions and develop skills to use these for the solution of different problems where also derivation, integration and 1st degree differential equations are included.

ContentsTopics taught:

Elementary functions, continuity and derivation Derivation and speed of change, problems involving extreme values Riemann sums, anti-derivation, integral methods 1st order differential equations, linear and separable Applied integrals and differential equations

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 3 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the next week, lecture, reviewing of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusTerje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk IEdwards & Penny: Calculus 6e

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

63

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsTopics taught:

Information handling Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working RequirementsIt is required that 8 individual, random-generated assignments are completed and approved to be allowed to sit for the examination. One of these assignments is adjusted to the individual study programmes. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

64

Subject: Programme Development

Code LO137AType: Technical subjectsVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming

AimThe students shall learn advanced object-oriented programming and develop basic skills in use of abstract data structures. They shall also acquire skills in window programming with event handling, together with file handling. Furthermore, the students shall acquire understanding, knowledge and skills in simple data modelling and system development methodology using the modelling language UML.

ContentsTopics taught:

Abstract classes and methods, polymorphism Use of interface Recursion File handling Basic algorithms for sorting and searching Simple, dynamic data structures (lists) Generic methods and classes Java’s Collections library Basic GUI programming UML class diagrams, sequence diagrams, object diagrams and activity diagrams

Java is used as programming language.

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Project work in groups. The size of the groups is normally 3 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusDeitel & Deitel: Java How to Program, 6th editionMartin Fowler: UML distilled, 3rd editionOther literature is under consideration.

Working RequirementsOne compulsory submission and one individual test without study aids must be approved before the student may participate in the concluding project work.

EvaluationThe concluding project work carried out by the group is the concluding evaluation of this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

65

Subject: Computer Architecture

Code LO134AType: Technical subjects (5 ECTS credits) and basic subject of physics (5 ECTS credits)Volume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming and Discrete mathematics

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of digital technique, construction of digital circuits and the structure of computers. The students shall also acquire knowledge of assembler programming.

ContentsTopics taught:

Digital technique Digital circuits Structure of computers Assembler programming

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusM. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime: Logic and computer design fundamentals, Prentice Hall, 2004Tore Møller Jonassen: Assemblerprogrammering

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

66

2nd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Algorithms and Data Structures

Code LO140AType: Technical subjectsVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming, Programme development and Discrete mathematics

AimThe students shall develop insight and skills to be able to implement, analyse and apply the common algorithms and data structures.

ContentsTopics taught:

Data Structures: table, list, stack, queue, priority queue, heap, hash table, tree and graph Algorithms: searching, sorting, traversing and other relevant algorithms Iterative and recursive programming Analysis of algorithms with a view to efficiency and resource needs Completed class libraries Various applications, for instance techniques for data compression

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusUlf Uttersrud: Algoritmer og datastrukturer, Kompendium HiO 2007Support literature: Mark Allen Weiss: Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in Java, Addison-Wesley, 2006

Working Requirements3 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

67

Subject: System Development

Code LO138AType: Technical subjectsVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall develop understanding, knowledge and skills connected to the development of software systems. They shall acquire insight how to define the properties of the system, how to control the development process, and know which frames apply for the development.

ContentsTopics taught:

Basic system development methods and various phases in system development Object-oriented analysis and design Models, techniques and tools for analysing user requirements Modelling with UML Prototyping, user interface, user manual

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Project work in groups with part submissions. Size of the group is normally 3 to 5 students. Compulsory group presentation in plenary of central subjects in the syllabus.

SyllabusGurholt and Hasle: Grunnleggende systemutvikling. ISBN 8202198682 Martin Fowler: UML Distilled - A Brief Guide to the Standard Object Modeling Language, 3rd edition

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works (one group product report and one individual process report) which are included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the project and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThe product report from the project work accomplished by the group counts 60 % and the individual process report counts 40 % at the final evaluation. Some groups may be chosen at random to present the project work in plenary to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

68

Subject: Environment and Chemistry

Code FO051KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

basic knowledge of general chemistry, including chemical bonding and stoichiometry ability to carry out chemical equilibrium calculations, acid / base calculations and calculations with

redox reactions and electro-chemical cells ability to apply the knowledge of chemistry in environmental assessment insight into the resource challenges which society is facing and how to solve them understanding of the most common processes leading to environmental problems and how avoid or

reduce these problems ability to include the environmental aspect in the solution of technical problems, knowledge of the

Worker Protection and Working Environment Act and of factors which influence the working environment, especially the chemical environmental factors

ContentsThe chemistry part

Structure of atoms and the periodic system Inorganic combinations Chemical bonding types Reaction equations and stoichiometrical calculations Acid / base calculations and calculations with redox reactions Electrochemical cells and basic corrosion theory Ideal gases Organic substance groups, plastic, oil and gas

The environment part Basic principles of ecology Environmental problems related to various sources of energy Consumption pattern and measures to save energy Environmental analysis, environmental revision, lifetime evaluations Recipients and common cleaning methods for emission to air, water and soil Types of refuse and methods for treatment or recycling of refuse Health, environment and safety (internal control, the Working Environment Act and the Pollution

Control Act) Environmental management

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching is given as lectures 4 times a week and 4 exercise hours a week.

SyllabusRystad, Lauritsen: Kjemi og miljøkunnskap 3rd edition 2002. NKI-forlagetHellum, Bente and Thomassen, Hanne: Kompendium Miljø og kjemi, IU, HiO 2007

Working Requirements3 multi-choice tests on Class Fronter and one test examination. These must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

69

Subject: Relational Databases

Code LO124AType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of database design, skills in data modelling and use of relational databases. Furthermore, they shall develop skills in construction and maintenance of databases as well as insight into multi-user and multi-layer database architecture.

ContentsTopics taught:

Fundamental principles of database design The ER-model as a data modelling tool Normal forms and the normalising process of a database The relational model and relational algebra SQL for construction and maintenance of a database Multi-user and multi-layer database architecture - transaction control Web applications and database interfaces

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusBjørn Kristoffersen: Databasesystemer. Utvikling og administrasjon med fokus på SQL, 2007

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works which must be approved to before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

70

Subject: Operating Systems and UNIX

Code LO141AType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming and Programme development

AimThe students shall acquire a qualitative overview of the function of operative systems and develop knowledge of principles behind operating systems through programming assignments. Especially, they shall acquire insight into the structure of Unix and Unix programming.

ContentsTopics taught:

Operating systems, multi-tasking, CPU scheduling, processes and threads, synchronisation, internal memory, file systems

Networks, OSI model, TCP / IP, Unix network programming Unix filing system, commandoes, processes, redirection and pipes Linux shell scripting (bash) Perl, Unix programming, regular expressions, client / server programming with sockets

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is maximum 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusMark Burgess: A short introduction to operating systems, HiO/IUMark Burgess: The unix programming environment, HiO/IURandal L. Schwarts, Tom Phoenix: Learning Perl, 3rd edition. 2001, O’ Reilly Assoc. orL. Wall, T. Christiansen and R. L. Schwartz: Programming Perl, 3rd edition, 2000, O'Reilly & Assoc.

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory group works and 5 individual submissions which must be approved to before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

71

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Social subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall, with some working experience, be able to manage small projects and enterprises in a way which is ethically justifiable. They shall be able to use MS Project to manage projects. They shall be able to explain deviations, including the understanding of and assumption of responsibility for their own contribution to deviation. They shall also be able to find measures and take effective actions.

ContentsTopics taught:

Project definition The responsibility of the project manager Project organisation Project planning Project follow-up Project economics Quality assurance Cooperation General management (vision, objective, intention, attitudes, values, commitment, motivation,

innovation, delegation, independent co-workers, organisation culture, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company)

Ethics. Ethical challenges for the company and its employees. Assure ethical behaviour.

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Oral presentations. Project work in groups, preferably connected to the main projects.

SyllabusPer Willy Hetland: Praktisk prosjektledelse, 3rd edition, published by Norsk forening for prosjektledelse, ISBN 82-91341-67-2Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo 2007Collins C.J. and Porras J.I.: Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York 2002

Working Requirements4 project reports must be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

72

3rd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 200 for Computer Science

Code FO210AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra, and develop skills to use this in relevant work within computer science.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Solution of linear equation systems on matrix form Matrix algebra, linear transformations, determinants Gauss and Gauss-Jordan processes for inverting of matrixes Linear independence, basics, basic introduction to vectors Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors for matrixes Diagonalisation of matrixes with application on systems of 1st order linear differential equations with

constant coefficients

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the following week lecture, review of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

73

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Information handling Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing with simple variance analysis Regression analysis

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working Requirements8 individual, random-generated assignments must be completed and approved before the student may sit for the examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

74

Subject: System Development

Code LO138AType: Technical subjectsVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall develop understanding, knowledge and skills connected to the development of software systems. They shall acquire insight how to define the properties of the system, how to control the development process, and know which frames apply for the development.

ContentsTopics taught:

Basic system development methods and various phases in system development Object-oriented analysis and design Models, techniques and tools for analysing user requirements Modelling with UML Prototyping, user interface, user manual

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Project work in groups with part submissions. Size of the group is normally 3 to 5 students. Compulsory group presentation in plenary of central subjects in the syllabus.

SyllabusGurholt and Hasle: Grunnleggende systemutvikling. ISBN 8202198682 Martin Fowler: UML Distilled - A Brief Guide to the Standard Object Modeling Language, 3rd edition

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works (one group product report and one individual process report) which are included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the project and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThe product report from the project work accomplished by the group counts 60 % and the individual process report counts 40 % at the final evaluation. Some groups may be chosen at random to present the project work in plenary to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed

75

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO911AVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: All of the subjects from the first 5 semesters

AimThe students shall develop skills to solve, in an independent and systematic way, a practically oriented and comprehensive project based on the requirements of a client. The students shall demonstrate that they can translate knowledge into practical solutions. They shall be able to apply the basic rules for user quality in analysis, design, implementation, in interface and documentation. They shall be able to produce satisfactory documentation for computer programmes and computer systems in relation to the product, operation and use with adaptation to the various recipients of this documentation, and they shall be able to describe their own working process appropriately and in accordance with given standards.

ContentsTopics taught:

Preliminary study Requirement specification Analysis and design Implementation Documentation and user manual

Organisation and Working MethodsProject supervision. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. The students shall accomplish a project equivalent to the volume of the subject, preferably with an external employer. More detailed information together with deadlines for the different phases in the project work will appear from the subject’s web page and from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThere will be a total evaluation of the project work and the group’s oral presentation of this work. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

76

General Comments on Electives

Electives which are not compulsory within other Bachelor programmes, will not be started without a sufficient number of registered students. In addition to the list below, subjects from the Bachelor Programme in Applied Computing Technology may be elected when they do not overlap with subjects in the Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Computer Science.

The general electives are described in a separate part of the student handbook (studenthåndboka)

Elective Computer Science Subjects 2007-2008

Computer security 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb applications 10 ECTS credits autumnNetwork and system administration 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb programming 10 ECTS credits springWeb programming in .NET 10 ECTS credits springProgramming in C++ 10 ECTS credits springArtificial intelligence 10 ECTS credits spring

77

Subject: Computer Security

Code LO147AType: Computer electiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Operating systems and Unix

AimThe students shall learn to know and understand the concept of computer security with the associated technologies and techniques. Furthermore, they shall be able to apply some protective tools. The students shall be able to analyse the need of an enterprise for computer security in relation to alternative protective solutions. The assessment of relevant measures for a specific enterprise shall also be made with a view to ethics, legislation and regulations.

ContentsTopics taught:

Risk analysis, assessment of sensitive data and need for protection Authentication and authorisation Logical and physical protection Encryption and key handling Protection of wireless net Ethical and legal aspects Protection planning and protection policy

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and assignments. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusRobert C. Newman: Enterprise Security, Prentice Hall 2003Thor E. Hasle: Sikkerhetskompendium, 2007

Working RequirementsA general case with 3 compulsory group works and one individual submission, all of which are counting.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation (project report and individual work). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

78

Subject: Web Applications

Code LO146AType: Computer electiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Computer subjects from 1st and 2nd year of study

AimThe students shall acquire insight and knowledge of selected and relevant technologies and techniques used in trade and industry to develop advanced web applications. The course is based on Java as application platform, web technology and multi-layer architecture to illustrate important concepts within application development. The subject will be a useful fundament for students wanting to work with web applications in connection with the final year project.

ContentsTopics taught:

Presentation layer: user interface, web browsers, mobile terminals, mark-up languages, client side form validation, internationalisation

Application logic: the http-protocol, servlets, sessions, concurrent programming with threads and thread safety

Data layer: beans, information exchange with XML and interaction with relational databases Separation of application logic and aesthetic design: JSP, code concealment with beans and custom

defined tags Load balancing Security

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusFrode Eika Sandnes: Moderne applikasjonsutvikling i Java for Web – tynne klienter og fete tjenere, Tapir, 2002Other literature is under consideration

Working Requirements3 project works

EvaluationThe project works accomplished by the group (with the possibility of oral examination) is final evaluation in this subject. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

79

Subject: Network and System Administration

Code LO143AType: Computer electiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Operating systems

AimThe students shall acquire practical skills in set-up, operation and maintenance of computers in a network.

ContentsTopics taught:

Installation and configuration of operative system Installation and configuration of services on a computer Methods of fault tracing in a network Security aspects for computers and networks

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusMark Burgess: Principles of Network and System Administration, HiO/IU

Working RequirementsNo special working requirement

Evaluation4 individual multi-choice tests and one individual submission all of which count equally. In addition, the group project is evaluated. In the final evaluation, the individual tests and the submission count 2/3 and the group project counts 1/3. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

80

Subject: Web Programming

Code LO113AType: Computer electiveVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of web servers and of their functioning. Furthermore, they shall develop skills and insight into selected and relevant technologies for the development of web applications which communicate with a database.

ContentsTopics taught:

Multilayer architecture Web programming in PHP Database communication with MySQL Apache web server

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusSven Andreas Horgen: Webprogrammering i PHPAdditional literature under consideration

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written aids as well as handheld calculator without wireless connection

81

Subject: Web Programming in .NET

Code LV141AType: Computer electiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Computer subjects from 1st and 2nd year

AimThe students shall build up skills in the use of Visual Studio .NET, establish understanding of the objectives and purpose of the .NET framework, be able to write simple C# programmes, understand how to work with forms and develop graphic applications under .NET and knowledge of Framework Class Library (FCL).

ContentsTopics taught:

Visual Studio .NET Programming in C# The .NET framework ASP.NET MS SQL Server ADO.NET Web GUI programming

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students.

SyllabusUnder consideration

EvaluationOne project work accomplished by the group is the basis for the final evaluation of the subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

82

Subject: Programming in C++

Code LO129AType: Computer electiveVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming and Programme Development

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge, insight and skills in the use of the programming language C++.

ContentsTopics taught:

Basic syntax, language constructions and idioms Parameter mechanisms and pointers Memory management Operator overloading Files and streams Inheritance, access monitoring and polymorphism Standard designs and generic programming Deviation management Standard libraries Structuring of source codes and development tools

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusHarvey & Paul: C++ How to program, 5th edition, 2005

Working Requirements3 compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written aids as well as handheld calculator without wireless connection

83

Subject: Artificial Intelligence

Code LO117AType: Computer electiveVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Algorithms and Data Structures and Discrete Mathematics

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the various subject areas within artificial intelligence and understand the meaning of the concept “combinatorial explosion”. They shall be able to determine the complexity of a problem and develop insight how to reduce it. The students shall acquire key search strategies and algorithms with and without use of heuristics, including the A-algorithm.

ContentsTopics taught:

The various fields in Artificial Intelligence Artificial Intelligence in a historic perspective Knowledge representation Knowledge acquisition Graph theory Search strategies and search algorithms Evaluation functions Heuristics

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and group work. Group size is normally 3 students.

SyllabusLuger: Artificial Intelligence, Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving, Part 1 & 2, 5th edition, Addison-Wesley, 2005Other literature is under consideration

Working RequirementsCompulsory project assignment with oral presentation, and one individual assignment without aids, both of which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNo aids

84

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Electrical and Electronic EngineeringDiscipline (studieretning) of Telecommunication (kommunikasjonssystemer) and Control Engineering (automatisering)

Aims of the Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Electrical and Electronic Engineering

The Electrical and Electronic Engineering programme has two disciplines: Telecommunication and Control Engineering. Both disciplines give the students relevant technical competence within basic engineering subjects, discipline-related (linjerettet) subjects and technology.

Programming and design of communication systems are key subjects, and the students acquire knowledge within object-oriented programming, system and electronics design in addition to the subjects of pure communication and automation systems.

The teaching is the same for both disciplines in the first two semesters. Choice of discipline is made during the second semester. The number of passed ECTS credits during the first year of study may decide the admission if the number of candidates exceeds the capacity of the chosen discipline.

Attitude-Related Aims

The study programme emphasises the acquisition of the following qualities: Ability to work effectively and independently Take initiative, show leadership ability Plan and implement working tasks independently and in project Accept challenges Administer oneself, keep order and agreements Present results orally and in writing Professional ethics – “do the right things even though nobody sees you” Environmental considerations in work and development Quality assurance of work and solutions

Academic Aims

The students shall acquire good knowledge within basic engineering subjects to create a solid platform for further development of their own knowledge and skills through an interesting and creative carrier in working life. The study programme shall give the students knowledge of practical engineering subjects which, supported by theory, gives effective economic / qualitative solutions and products.

Other Aims for the Section

The study programme shall offer courses which are modern, where the students meet key industrial components and solutions. The students shall acquire knowledge of industrial working methods and methodology. The teaching is research-based and is revised annually to fit closely with the expectations from industry to a fresh Bachelor of engineering. In addition to these general aims, each of the disciplines has its own aims where the subject field is specified more in detail.

Transition to Further Studies

All students from all disciplines (linje) may continue their studies at NTNU or other universities if they have good results and take the elective subject Mathematics III. These students should also choose the elective subject Mathematics IV.

Students from the disciplines of Telecommunication and Control Engineering have an admittance arrangement with Department of informatics at University of Oslo (UiO). This implies that the students follow a “3+2” model with 3 years at Oslo University College and two years at UiO. This gives a Master degree. UiO has a quota

85

regulation for university college engineers, where these are admitted directly to Master programme (one semester earlier than own students) if they have followed approved curricula.

Both disciplines have transition arrangements with UiO.

The Place of Basic Subjects and Social Subjects in the Curriculum for Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme

Mathematics and statistics (25 ECTS credits) Mathematics 100 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 200 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 300 (5 ECTS credits) Dynamic systems at the discipline of Control Engineering (10 ECTS credits of which 5 ECTS credits in

mathematics) Digital signal processing at the discipline of Telecommunications (10 ECTS credits of which 5 ECTS

credits in mathematics) Statistics (5 ECTS credits)

Data systems technology (5 ECTS credits) Computer science (5 ECTS credits data systems technology)

Physics (10 ECTS credits) Physics (10 ECTS credits)

Environment and Chemistry (10 ECTS credits) Environment and Chemistry (10 ECTS credits)

Social subjects (15 ECTS credits) Project management (5 ECTS credits) Project implementation and ethics (10 ECTS credits)

86

Distribution of Subjects and ECTS Credits

Discipline of Control Engineering

1st yearMathematics 100 5 ECTS credits autumnProject management 5 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnDigital systems 20 ECTS credits autumn / springElectrical circuits 5 ECTS credits springMathematics 200 5 ECTS credits springPhysics 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd yearMathematics 300 5 ECTS credits autumnDynamic systems 10 ECTS credits autumnElectronics 5 ECTS credits autumnIndustrial computer science 15 ECTS credits autumn / springStatistics 5 ECTS credits springElectronic design 5 ECTS credits springCybernetics I 5 ECTS credits spring

3rd yearCybernetics II 15 ECTS credits autumnReal time system development 5 ECTS credits autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits autumnProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

87

Discipline of Telecommunications

1st yearMathematics 100 5 ECTS credits autumnProject management 5 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnDigital systems 20 ECTS credits autumn / springElectrical circuits 5 ECTS credits springMathematics 200 5 ECTS credits springPhysics 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd yearMathematics 300 5 ECTS credits autumnDigital signal processing 10 ECTS credits autumnElectronics 5 ECTS credits autumnCommunication networks I 10 ECTS credits autumnStatistics 5 ECTS credits springComputer science 10 ECTS credits springWireless communication 15 ECTS credits spring

3rd yearNetworks and services 10 ECTS credits autumnComputer science project 10 ECTS credits autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits autumnProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

88

1st Year, Discipline of Control Engineering and Discipline of Telecommunications 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 100

Code FO100AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge of elementary functions and develop skills to use these for the solution of different problems where also derivation, integration and 1st degree differential equations are included.

ContentsTopics taught:

Elementary functions, continuity and derivation Derivation and speed of change, problems involving extreme values Riemann sums, anti-derivation, integral methods 1st order differential equations, linear and separable Applied integrals and differential equations

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 3 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the next week, lecture, reviewing of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusTerje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk IEdwards & Penny: Calculus 6e

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

89

Subject: Project Management

Code FO196AType: Social subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of industrial project management. The students shall acquire knowledge of methodology and tools which apply to typical industrial supply and development projects. Typical elements to be included are quality management, follow-up on aims, and strategies for implementation. After the completion of the subject, the student shall be prepared to lead student projects and manage minor industrial projects.

Contents Project management Quality assurance Time schedules Sub-projects Economics – quality - time Resources Estimation

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory project work

SyllabusP.W. Hetland: Praktisk Prosjektledelse, 3rd edition

Working RequirementsOne compulsory project

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

90

Subject: Environment and Chemistry

Code FO051KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

basic understanding of general chemistry, including chemical bonding and stoichiometry ability to carry out chemical equilibrium calculations, acid / base calculations and calculations with

redox reactions and electro-chemical cells ability to apply the knowledge of chemistry in environmental assessment insight into the resource challenges which society is facing and how to solve them understanding of the most common processes leading to environmental problems and how avoid or

reduce these problems ability to include the environmental aspect in the solution of technical problems, knowledge of the

Worker Protection and Working Environment Act and of factors which influence the working environment, especially the chemical environmental factors

ContentsThe chemistry part

Structure of atoms and the periodic system Inorganic combinations Chemical bonding types Reaction equations and stoichiometrical calculations Acid / base calculations and calculations with redox reactions Electrochemical cells and basic corrosion theory Ideal gases Organic substance groups, plastic, oil and gas

The environment part Basic principles of ecology Environmental problems related to various sources of energy Consumption pattern and measures to save energy Environmental analysis, environmental revision, lifetime evaluations Recipients and common cleaning methods for emission to air, water and soil Types of refuse and methods for treatment or recycling of refuse Health, environment and safety (internal control, the Working Environment Act and the Pollution

Control Act) Environmental management

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching is given as lectures 4 times a week and 4 exercise hours a week.

SyllabusRystad, Lauritsen: Kjemi og miljøkunnskap 3rd edition 2002. NKI-forlagetHellum, Bente and Thomassen, Hanne: Kompendium Miljø og kjemi, IU, HiO 2007

Working Requirements3 multi-choice tests on Class Fronter and one test examination. These must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

91

Subject: Digital Systems

Code LO315AType: Technical subjectVolume: 20 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of the structure and function of digital systems. Furthermore, they shall learn to programme a microcontroller in assembler code and in C-code.

Contents Numerical systems Logic algebra Reduction of logical expressions The most commonly used digital circuits Methods of analysis and structure of digital circuits The structure and function of the microprocessor Programme structure and flow chart Assembler programming Counter / clock and interruption functions C-programming:

o Simple loops and choiceso Data types: standard and definedo Standard library functionso Structured programmingo Bitwise operations

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory laboratory assignments / project work

SyllabusFloyd: Digital FundamentalsVeslemøy Tyssø: Programmering av AT90S8515 mikrokontroller (compendium)Extracts from Deitel & Deitel, C: How to program, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-240416-8

Working Requirements4 compulsory laboratory assignments must be approved before the students may get a final evaluation in the subject. Partial tests and projects are included in the grade.

Evaluation4 projects and 4 partial tests. Portfolio evaluation. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed. Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

92

Subject: Electrical Circuits

Code LO301AType: Technical subjectVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe students shall acquire basic understanding of analysis of analogue electrical circuits. The laboratory course is an important and integrated part of the subject, where also skills of measurement techniques will be trained.

Contents Basic analysis of linear electrical circuits Kirchoff’s circuit theorems Simple methods of circuit analysis Set-up of simple differential equations for transient analysis Application of complex impedances for analysis of AC-circuits Power calculations of electrical circuits Transformers Three-phase

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures. 8 compulsory laboratory assignments. Compulsory exercise

SyllabusContemporary electrical circuits, Pearson forlag

Working Requirements6 compulsory laboratory assignments and 2 compulsory exercises

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed. Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

93

Subject: Mathematics 200 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme

Code FO210EType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra, and develop skills to use this for relevant tasks within electrical and electronic engineering.

ContentsTopics taught:

Trigonometric functions Series Vectors Complex numbers 2nd order differential equations Laplace transformation

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusAnthony Croft, Robert Davison, Martin Hargreaves: Engineering Mathematics. A Foundation for Electronic, Electrical, Communications and System Engineers

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

94

Subject: Mathematics 200 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme

Applies only for 3rd term students at the Electrical and Electronic Engineering programme

Code FO220EType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra, and develop skills to use this in relevant work within electrical and electronic engineering.

ContentsTopics taught: Solution of linear equation systems on matrix form Matrix algebra, linear transformations, determinants Gauss and Gauss-Jordan processes for inverting of matrixes Linear independence, basics, basic introduction to vectors Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors for matrixes Diagonalisation of matrixes with application on systems of 1st order linear differential equations with

constant coefficients

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

95

Subject: Physics

Code FO340EType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall develop basic knowledge of physics applicable to the technical subjects.

Contents Mechanics

o Kinematicso Dynamicso Straight movement and rotation

Thermodynamicso Heat transmissiono Heat radiationo Heat conductanceo Heat capacity

Science of electricityo Electrical and magnetic fieldso Electrostatic potentialo Static and dynamic forceso Energyo Particle movemento Induction

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises

SyllabusHallseth, Haugen , Hjelmen, Isnes: Klassisk mekanikkReservations are made for possible changes.

Working Requirements5 compulsory laboratory exercises and one compulsory submission, all of which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection, and approved mathematical and physical tables

96

2nd Year – Discipline of Control Engineering

Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme

Code FO310EType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of mathematical methods to solve relevant assignments within Electrical and Electronic Engineering.

ContentsTopics taught:

Fourier series Matrixes and linear algebra Linearization Numeric solving of differential equations Functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 2 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusAnthony Croft, Robert Davison, Martin Hargreaves: Engineering Mathematics. A Foundation for Electronic, Electrical, Communications and System Engineers

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

97

Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme

Applies only for 3rd term students at the Electrical and Electronic Engineering programme

Code FO320EType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge and skills adapted to the need for mathematics of the study programme.

ContentsTopics taught: Complex numbers Solution of 2nd order differential equations with constant coefficients Basic introduction in the convergence principle and development of known elementary functions in Taylor

series Linear adaptation to functions and application of this on integrals and limit values Calculation of partial derived functions of several variables, graphs and level curves, and determination of

the equation for tangent plane on room surfaces Calculation and classification of critical points of functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus, 6 e, Early transcendentals, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk 2

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

98

Subject: Dynamic Systems

Code LO346EType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits, whereof 5 in mathematicsThe subject is based on: Electrical circuits, Physics and Mathematics 100

The students must have their laboratory exercises in Electrical circuits approved in order to participate in the laboratory exercises.

AimThe student shall be able to

model simple, linear, dynamic physical systems describe continuous, dynamic systems of 1st and 2nd order by help of differential equations, Laplace

transformation and transfer functions carry out stability analysis of open and feed-back loops apply Laplace techniques for frequency and transient analysis of 1st and 2nd order systems carry out simulation of dynamic systems

ContentsMathematics:

Mathematical modelling of mechanical, electrical and thermal systems State space description of dynamic systems Analysis of time functions by help of Laplace transformation Solving of differential equations by help of Laplace transformation Inverse Laplace transformation System analysis by help of complex frequency functions

System considerations Block diagrams Transfer functions and system response 1st and 2nd order systems in time and frequency domain Open and closed loops Stability analysis of linear, dynamic systems Laplace techniques for frequency and transient analysis of 1st and 2nd order systems Simulation of dynamic systems

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory exercises

SyllabusFinn Haugen: Dynamiske systemer, Tapir akademisk forlag, Trondheim 2003, 2nd edition

Working Requirements5 compulsory laboratory exercises and one compulsory submission, all of which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection, and approved mathematical and physical tables

99

Subject: Electronics

Code LO342EType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Electrical circuits, Physics and Mathematics 100

The students must have their laboratory exercises in Electrical circuits approved in order to participate in the laboratory exercises.

AimThe student shall understand and make analyses within basic linear circuitry.

Contents Common passive and active components applied in linear circuits and their properties. Construction and analysis of basic linear amplifiers Construction of larger linear systems from various basic circuits Analysis of simple quasi-linear circuits, simple DA-converters Concepts such as frequency response, voltage and electric amplification

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory exercises

SyllabusIngebrigtsen, Rolf: Analoge kretser og komponenter, Høyskoleforlaget, 2001

Working Requirements5 compulsory laboratory exercises and one compulsory submission, all of which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection, and approved mathematical and physical tables

100

Subject: Industrial Computer Science

Code LO307EType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS credits, autumn (10 ECTS credits) and spring (5 ECTS credits)The subject is based on: Digital systems

Aim The student shall acquire basic knowledge of principles of data and telecommunication. They shall

acquire practical skills in network structure and use of network components The students shall be able to programme physical I/O using LabView and to instrument and measure in

the time domain The students shall be able to programme and set up a PLC system with control panel

Contents Communication network

o Protocol layerso Principles of error detection and error correctiono Network serviceso Main principles of TCP/IP. Different local networks such as Ethernet and WLANo CAN-RS232o Practical set-up of networko Network calculator

LabViewo Loops and choiceso Data structureso I/O handling in LabViewo Programme development

PLSo Structure of a PLC systemo Use of fieldbus and Industrial Etherneto Human machine interface (HMI)o Monitoring and controlo Security in control systems

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises

SyllabusLabView från børjan – version 7, Lars BengtsonThe Embedde Internet, Sergio ScagliaMiscellaneous articles about CAN and RS232

Working Requirements3 practical exercises must be accomplished and approved before the students get the final grade in the subject.

Evaluation3 projects and 3 partial tests. Portfolio evaluation.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

101

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Information handling Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working Requirements8 individual, random-generated assignments must be completed and approved before the student may sit for the examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

102

Subject: Electronic Design

Code LO351EType: Technical subjectVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Electronics, Digital systems

AimThe students shall acquire insight into modern construction methods and components used within industrial electronics. The students shall, by help of computer tools, be able to design electronics based on specific criteria. A large part of the subject is laboratory work (organised as project).

Contents Main elements of modern construction methods Function of key modern electronic components A/D and D/A conversion Use of CAD tool for key plan, simulation and layout of circuit boards Use of synthesiser tools for design of digital circuits VHDL (Very High Speed Integrated Circuit Hardware Description Language) Programming of application-specific integrated circuits (FPGA / CPLD)

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, volunteer theoretical exercises and compulsory laboratory project

SyllabusT. Williams: The Circuit Designer’s CompanionMark Zwolinsky: Digital System Design with VHDLIn addition, miscellaneous articles, application and data magazines

Working RequirementsOne compulsory laboratory projects which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination. Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

103

Subject: Cybernetics I

Code LO349EType: Technical subjectVolume: 15 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Dynamic systems, Electronics, Mathematics 200

AimThe students shall acquire practical and theoretical understanding of how to instrument and control a process or a system.

Contents System modelling and analysis for higher order systems State-space analysis Design, analysis and synthesis of feed-back systems Cascade and ratio control. Forward coupling Multivariable control and methods for decoupling Simple techniques for handling of common non-linearities Fundamental principles for measuring physical entities Properties of sensor elements Calculation of measuring accuracy Function of some important solenoids Assessment of technical safety Regulations and standards for projecting and documentation of control systems

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory laboratory assignments / project work. Visit to an enterprise.

SyllabusKilian, Modern Control Technology: Components and SystemsFinn Haugen: Praktisk reguleringsteknikk

Working Requirements6 compulsory laboratory assignments / projects assignments must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the final examination. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids. Handheld calculator without wireless connection.

104

2nd Year, Discipline of Telecommunication

Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering programme

Code FO310EType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of mathematical methods to solve relevant assignments within Electrical and Electronic Engineering.

ContentsTopics taught:

Fourier series Matrixes and linear algebra Linearization Numeric solving of differential equations Functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 2 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusAnthony Croft, Robert Davison, Martin Hargreaves: Engineering Mathematics. A Foundation for Electronic, Electrical, Communications and System Engineers

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

105

Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Electrical and Electronic Engineering Programme

Applies only for 3rd term students at the Electrical and Electronic Engineering programme

Code FO320EType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge and skills adapted to the need for mathematics of the study programme.

ContentsTopics taught: Complex numbers Solution of 2nd order differential equations with constant coefficients Basic introduction in the convergence principle and development of known elementary functions in Taylor

series Linear adaptation to functions and application of this on integrals and limit values Calculation of partial derived functions of several variables, graphs and level curves, and determination of

the equation for tangent plane on room surfaces Calculation and classification of critical points of functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus, 6 e, Early transcendentals, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk 2

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

106

Subject: Digital Signal Processing

Code LO370EType: Technical subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits, whereof 5 ECTS credits in mathematicsThe subject is based on: Electrical circuits and Digital systems

AimThe course consists of a range of mathematical tools used to analyse, model and carry out operations on physical signals and their sources. In digital signal processing, the tools are applied on signals as they are represented in a computer. The students shall acquire understanding of signals and they shall be able to describe them in frequency as well as time domain. They shall be able to analyse FIR and IIR filters and be acquainted with digital spectrum analysis.

Contents Analogue and digital signals and systems within the time and frequency domain Sampling and aliasing FIR filters and IIR filters and their frequency response Digital spectrum analysis MATLAB programming Convolution Complex vectors Fourier series and Fourier transform Fixed Fourier transform Z-transform

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, compulsory exercises (calculation exercises and laboratory exercises)

SyllabusMcClellan, Schafer, Yoder: Signal Processing First, International edition, 2003. Pearson Prentice-HallAdditional literatureReservation for changes

Working Requirements15 laboratory exercises. Each laboratory exercise contains calculation assignments and laboratory assignments (MATLAB). 40 % of the assignments must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination. The laboratory exercises are approved in the laboratory classes. Therefore, attendance at the exercise classes is compulsory.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

107

Subject: Electronics

Code LO342EType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Electrical circuits, Physics and Mathematics 100

The students must have their laboratory exercises in Electrical circuits approved in order to participate in the laboratory exercises.

AimThe student shall understand and make analyses within basic linear circuitry.

Contents Common passive and active components applied in linear circuits and their properties. Construction and analysis of basic linear amplifiers Construction of larger linear systems from various basic circuits Analysis of simple quasi-linear circuits, simple DA-converters Concepts such as frequency response, voltage and electric amplification

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory exercises

SyllabusIngebrigtsen, Rolf: Analoge kretser og komponenter, Høyskoleforlaget, 2001

Working Requirements5 compulsory laboratory exercises and one compulsory submission, all of which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection, and approved mathematical and physical tables

108

Subject: Communication Networks

Code LO305EType: Technical subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of principles of data and telecommunication. The students shall understand the principles of secure and error-free transfer of data. They shall know important services within TCP/IP-based networks.

Contents Protocol layers Principles of error detection and error correction Electronic mail (SMTP, MIME, POP and IMAP) Web services (HTTP, cookies) File transfer protocol (ftp) and DNS Main principles of TCP/IP Local area networks (components, technologies) Basiss of data security

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises

SyllabusJ.F.Kurose, K.W.Ross: Computer Networking, Pearson Addison-Wesley, 4th edition - 2008

Working RequirementsAt least 8 of 12 exercises must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

109

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Information handling Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working Requirements8 individual, random-generated assignments must be completed and approved before the student may sit for the examination. One of these assignments is adapted to the study programme concerned. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

110

Subject: Computer Science

Code LO395EType: Technical subjectVolume: 10 ECTS creditsThe volume is based on: Digital systems

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge within an object-oriented programming language, and use the knowledge to make simple applications which communicate through the Internet.

Contents Introduction to object-oriented programming Auto-defined classes and inheritance Graphic components File handling Handling of run phase error Threads Communication

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises and project work

SyllabusSkansholm, Jan: Java: from the beginning, 2nd edition, Addison-WesleyReservations are made for changes

Working Requirements8 compulsory exercises must be approved before the candidate gets his / her grade in the subject. EvaluationOne project work is the base for the evaluation, which is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

111

Subject: Wireless Communication

Code LO396EType: Technical subjectVolume: 10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Communication networks and Digital signal processing

The students must have their laboratory exercises in Electronics approved in order to participate in the laboratory exercises.

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge within mobile communications, from basis in signal transfer to access protocols and cellular systems. The students shall also get up-dating of development state and trends within the subject field of wireless communication, which in rapidly developing with constantly new technologies and solutions.

Contents Propagation of electromagnetic waves Modulation: AM, PM, FM, PSK, QAM, GMSK Error-correction coding Medium access control GMS, DECT, TETRA and UMTS WLAN Satellite communications Mobile networks and transport teams Support for mobility Future developments

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, theoretical exercises and 6 compulsory laboratory exercises

SyllabusJochen Schiller: Mobile Comminucations, 2nd edition, Addison-Wesley 2003Additional literatureReservations are made for changes.

Working Requirements6 compulsory laboratory exercises which must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNo study aid is allowed.

112

3rd Year, Discipline for Control Engineering

Cybernetics II

Code SO303EType: Technical subjectVolume: 15 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Cybernetics I

AimThe students shall acquire practical and theoretical understanding of digital signal processing, computer-based modelling and measuring and regulation based on models.

Contents Mathematical basis for Fourier and z-transformation Methods for processing of sampled signals Construct, analyse and apply digital filters (FIR and IIR) Discrete continuous signals and systems Model description for discrete systems Statistical analysis of measuring signals (co-variant analysis) Estimating parameters in a dynamic system on the basis of measuring data Estimating states for continuous and discrete models Use of Matlab and SIMULINK for analysis of signals and systems and for simulation, identification and

control of processes

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory laboratory assignments / project work. Visit to an enterprise.

SyllabusTyssø, Veslemøy: Parameter og tilstandsestimering (compendium)McClellan, Schafer, Yoder: Signal Processing First

Working Requirements6 compulsory laboratory assignments / exercises must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the final examination. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids. Handheld calculator without wireless connection.

113

Subject: Real-Time System Development

Code SO329EType: Technical subjectVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Digital systems, Computer science II, Electronics and Control engineering

AimThe students shall be able to develop hardware and software for small embedded systems.

Contents Programming methods in real-time computer technology Interface techniques for microcontroller / External system Communication micro - micro, micro - PC Programming in C Real time, synchronous and asynchronous events, parallel processes

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and projects

SyllabusWill be given at the start of the course

Working RequirementsOne project work and 4 compulsory exercises must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the final examination. EvaluationThe evaluation is based on project (30 %) and 3-hour written examination under invigilation (70 %). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed. A is the best grade.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids. Handheld calculator without wireless connection.

114

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Social subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall, with some working experience, be able to manage small projects and companies in an ethically justifiable way. They shall be able to use MS Project to manage projects. They shall be able to assess interim results, finance and working methods during the project. They shall be able to explain deviations, including the understanding of and assumption of responsibility for their own contribution to deviation. They shall be able to find measures and take effective actions.

ContentsTopics taught:

Project definition The responsibility of the project manager Project organisation Project planning Project follow-up Project finance Quality assurance Cooperation General management (vision, aim, purpose, attitudes, values, commitment, motivation, innovation,

delegation, independent co-workers, organisation culture, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company)

Ethics, ethical challenges for the company and its employees, assurance of ethical behaviour

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Oral presentations. Project work in groups, preferably connected to the final year projects.

SyllabusPer Willy Hetland: Praktisk prosjektledelse, 3rd edition, published by Norsk forening for prosjektledelse, ISBN 82-91341-67-2Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo 2007Collins C.J. and Porras J.I.: Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York 2002

Working Requirements4 project reports shall be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the final examination. Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed. Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

115

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO931EType: Main projectVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: The other subjects within the study programme and discipline

AimThe objective of the final year project is to train the students to accomplish an independent engineering assignment based on a relevant practical industrial or research-based issue.

The final year project is accomplished within the subject area of the discipline and may also cover other subjects. The project should be accomplished in cooperation with the local research environment, business and industry or public services.

Organisation and Working MethodsProject supervision

EvaluationThe final year project report is evaluated together with the way how the work was organised and implemented, the degree of difficulty and the concluding oral presentation. Each individual student may be examined orally in the final year project. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

116

3rd Year – Discipline of Telecommunication

Subject: Networks and Services

Code SO389EType: Technical subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of communications services and the use of these in IP-based communications networks.

Contents Network programming and applications Extension of local area network WAN technologies and routing Connection-oriented network and ATM Client and server interaction IPv6, ICMP, NAT, Socket Applications:

o DNSo E-posto VoIPo FTPo WWWo RPC and middlewareo SNMPo Configuration

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises

SyllabusDouglas E. Comer: Computer Networks and Internets – with Internet Applications, 4th edition, Pearson Education International, 2003. ISBN 0-13-123627-X

Working RequirementsOne compulsory exercise must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the final examination. Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

117

Subject: Computer Science Project

Code SO309EType: Technical subjectVolume: 10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Access network, Mobile communication

AimThrough project work, the student shall acquire knowledge of and experience from development of communications services.

ContentsSynchronisation of threads in Java, databases (MySQL), programming of mobile units in J2ME

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and project work

SyllabusTextbook in Java from Computer science IIAdditional literature on databases (handouts)

Working RequirementsNo particular working requirements EvaluationThe evaluation is based on the report. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

118

Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Scial subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall, with some working experience, be able to manage small projects and companies in an ethically justifiable way. They shall be able to use MS Project to manage projects. They shall be able to assess interim results, finance and working methods during the project. They shall be able to explain deviations, including the understanding of and assumption of responsibility for their own contribution to deviation. They shall be able to find measures and take effective actions.

ContentsTopics taught:

Project definition The responsibility of the project manager Project organisation Project planning Project follow-up Project finance Quality assurance Cooperation General management (vision, aim, purpose, attitudes, values, commitment, motivation, innovation,

delegation, independent co-workers, organisation culture, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company)

Ethics, ethical challenges for the company and its employees, assurance of ethical behaviour

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Oral presentations. Project work in groups, preferably connected to the final year projects.

SyllabusPer Willy Hetland: Praktisk prosjektledelse, 3rd edition, published by Norsk forening for prosjektledelse, ISBN 82-91341-67-2Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo 2007Collins C.J. and Porras J.I.: Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York 2002

Working Requirements4 project reports shall be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the final examination. Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed. Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

119

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO931EType: Main projectVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: The other subjects within the study programme and discipline

AimThe objective of the final year project is to train the students to accomplish an independent engineering assignment based on a relevant practical industrial or research-based issue.

The final year project is accomplished within the subject area of the discipline and may also cover other subjects. The project should be accomplished in cooperation with the local research environment, business and industry or public services.

Organisation and Working MethodsProject supervision

EvaluationThe final year project report is evaluated together with the way how the work was organised and implemented, the degree of difficulty and the concluding oral presentation. Each individual student may be examined orally in the final year project. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

120

Elective Electrical and Electronic Engineering Subjects 2007-2008

Subject: Medical Instrumentation

Code LV380EType: ElectiveVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge within selected core areas of the large subject field of “Medical Instrumentation”.

Contents Basic terms and understanding of anatomy and physiology Physical reaction to electrical current Safety in using technical medical equipment Measuring of bio-electrical signals (EKG and EEG) Measuring blood pressure and blood current Photo techniques (CT, Ultrasound and MR) Therapeutic equipment (pacemaker, defibrillator, diathermy, laser, X-ray) Equipment to aid circulation

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and semester assignment

SyllabusWebster: Medical InstrumentationJacobsen: Medicin och teknikHollins: Medical PhysicsGrimnes, Jensen: Medisinsk-teknisk sikkerhet på sykehusCarr, Brown: Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology

Working RequirementsOne semester assignment on an in depth topic of the student’s own choice

EvaluationSemester assignment (30 %) and 3-hour written final examination under invigilation (70 %). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll written and printed study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

121

Subject: Cybernetics Project

Code LV378EType: ElectiveVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThrough the accomplishment of the project, the students shall show their ability to deliver a thoroughly prepared minor project within the cybernetics subject. The theme of the project may be a theme which the student(s) want(s) to elaborate further, or it may be a preliminary work for Final year project later on.

ContentsTypical projects may be:

Use of LabView, Matlab, PLS, Java or microcontrollers for controlling signal processing or measuring Electronic applications Applications of industrial networks (Profibus – Canbus) Instrumentation assignments Theoretical investigations

Organisation and Working MethodsThe project is accomplished in groups of 2-3 persons. Supervision in group

SyllabusThe syllabus depends on the theme of the project assignment and is individual.

Working RequirementsOne project assignment

EvaluationThe evaluation is based on the report from the project work with oral presentation of the project and oral individual examination. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

122

Subject: Electro-Optics

Code LV352EType: ElectiveVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall know the basic principles of optical communications and optical metering techniques and sensors.

Contents Basic structure of fibre-optic communications systems Optical and fibre-optical sensors The use of optics and micro technology in industrial contexts

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and excursions. A student group writes a report from each excursion.

SyllabusIs given at the start of the course

Working Requirements4 assignments which must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination

EvaluationThe 4 submitted works count 30 %, and 3-hour written final examination under invigilation counts 70 %. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection together with mathematical and physical tables

123

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Environmental EngineeringDiscipline of Environmental Engineering in Buildings

General Comments on Environmental Engineering

The Environmental Engineering programme is a relatively new. The first class started in the autumn of 2002. The study programme is related to issues concerning environmental engineering in buildings. The study programme emphasises knowledge of healthy buildings and sound indoor climate. At the same time, global issues concerning increased pollution and scarce energy resources are emphasised in the way that the buildings shall make the most optimal use of energy, and the materials shall be environmentally friendly.

Aim

The new university college engineer shall be able to assume, to coordinate, and, further ahead, lead the work to assure comprehensive solutions for buildings so that the requirements concerning energy use, indoor and outdoor environment, functionality and cost-effectiveness are met during construction and operation. In addition to overall and coordinating responsibility, the new engineer shall be able to assume particular responsibility for solutions within the area of environmental engineering technology in buildings.

To be able to achieve this goal, the students shall through the study programme

acquire interdisciplinary competence related to indoor climate, energy and power requirement. The competence shall include technical solutions, requirements, acts, rules, methods of calculation, drawing tools and measuring methods

acquire skills in communications, cooperation, management and project control acquire overview and understanding of central issues concerning energy and the environment gain awareness of his/her own attitudes in questions concerning energy and the environment

Admission Requirement

The admission requirement is special entrance qualifications for higher education, i.e. general entrance qualifications for higher education with in depth study of mathematics (2MX, 3MX) and physics (2FY). Alternatively pre-course for Bachelor Programme in Engineering or 2-year technical school (teknisk fagskole). Applicants with general entrance qualifications for higher education who lack mathematics 2MX, 3MX or physics 2FY, may accomplish the Bachelor programme over 3 years including two summer terms (3-term system).

Organisation

Through the Environmental Engineering programme, we want to promote academic and professional skills. This includes

factual knowledge and the ability to develop imagination and creativity in applying the knowledge proficiency to apply the knowledge correctly ability to simplify and solve complex problems in one’s future profession familiarity with various problem-solving techniques and ability to apply the most appropriate one ability to contribute with professional competence in projects and to develop larger projects in

collaboration with others training of the students when we look upon them as future professionals

What we see today, is that knowledge and skills are limited in time. After some years, they are outdated. This means that some knowledge may be forgotten. Therefore, our challenge is to teach the students so that they apply different learning techniques.

The basic subjects shall include that part of the subjects which shall not be “forgotten”. The basic subjects shall develop the students’ ability to systematise other knowledge. The basic subjects shall have the super-structural

124

character. Thus, the training must be marked by repetition in different contexts and on different levels. Therefore, compulsory exercises are introduced in most subjects. When the basic subject is applied on a new problem, the line of thought must be followed from the bottom to the top until the problem is solved. After the solution of the problem, the teacher and the student together should look at the choice of principles and methods.

Project work is a central element throughout the 3-year study programme, but carries relatively more weight towards the end than at the beginning. Seen as a whole, the objective is a scheme which implies 50 % direct project work, 25 % teaching connected to project work and 25 % teaching connected to general and more subject-specific topics. There will be laboratory work in connection with project and teaching.

Project-based teaching also implies a transfer of resources from teacher-controlled imparting pedagogy to student-controlled learning processes where supervision plays a far more important role.

A driving element in the learning process is the continuous return to and repeated use of subjects and methods which are introduced earlier in the study programme. The intention is to develop early a broad understanding of different issues and professional challenges. Later on, we will return to each of these issues and submit them to a more thorough professional treatment. In this way, we want to develop an overall understanding as well as in depth knowledge within the environmental engineering area.

The organisation of the Environmental Engineering programme is also based on a transfer or resources from the last to the first half of the study programme. This entails an emphasis on more teacher intensive training during the first 3 semesters of the study programme. The 3 last semesters will to a larger extent have the character of the students’ own effort supplemented by lectures and supervision. The 3 last semesters will also to a larger extent than the 3 first semesters attach external resources to the teaching process.

The teaching is research-based according to the following criteria: The teaching of most basic subjects is linked to a research environment The members of the teaching staff of the study programme have researcher qualifications and are active

within R&D Most of the final year projects which the students prepare in the 6th semester are linked to development

projects in business and industry. The contact and the information obtained by the teachers through this cooperation contribute to steady upgrading of subject syllabi concerned and continuous development of relevant laboratory assignments connected to the subject.

Syllabus and choice of literature are revised annually so that the chosen topic to the largest possible extent is up to date with the development in business and industry.

Evaluation

As a supplement and alternative to traditional examination forms, the Environmental Engineering programme opens for other evaluation forms than the traditional written examinations. There will be more emphasis on the learning process with consequences for the final evaluation. This may take place through feedback from supervisors and fellow students during the study period.

The following evaluation forms are used by the Environmental Engineering programme: Written final examination Oral final examination Project assignment with possible presentation and discussion Project / laboratory reporting and written final examination Portfolio assessment

Presentations of the project work will be an important basis for evaluation and grading which are made during the year of study. Verbal as well as electronic presentations of professional contents are elements which are emphasised.

The study programme will make large use of portfolio evaluation, which may imply the use of a range of different evaluation forms adapted to the individual subject.

The portfolio evaluation may include: Project assignments in individual subjects

125

Interdisciplinary project assignments where the subjects concerned are assessed on the basis of the use of professional contents

Laboratory reports Multi-choice tests Written and / or oral examination Partial tests

The partial tests may be carried out as multi-choice tests or as a traditional examination. The students’ ability to apply the subject to problem-solving may be used as a basis for evaluation of the projects.

The Students’ Evaluation of the Study Programme

The quality assurance system of the Faculty includes procedures for evaluation of the teaching by the students. Every semester, the students evaluate the teaching programme of the selected subjects. The final year students shall make a more comprehensive evaluation of the learning environment of the study programme. The student representatives participate in common meetings at the study programme throughout the semester, and will here be able to contribute to the best possible development of the study programme.

Electives

The Environmental Engineering programme has several programme-specific electives. Registration is required, and an elective will be offered only when a minimum number of students have registered. There are also several electives common for all of the engineering programmes (please see at the end of the study guide (studiehåndboka). The students may also choose subjects from other study programmes on the condition that they possess the knowledge on which the subject is based (please see under each individual programme).

Further Studies

In the autumn 2007, Oslo University College will start a Master Programme in Environmental Engineering. The Master Programme is a cooperation with Aalborg University.

The Place of Basic Subjects and Social Subjects in the Curriculum for Environmental Engineering Programme

Mathematics and statistics (25 ECTS credits) Mathematics 100 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 200 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 300 (5 ECTS credits) Statistics (5 ECTS credits)

Computer technology (5 ECTS credits) Technical drawing / CAD (5 ECTS credits, whereof 3 ECTS credits in computer technology) CAD for technical installations (5 ECTS credits, whereof 2 ECTS credits in computer technology)

Physics (10 ECTS credits) Physics (10 ECTS credits)

Chemistry and environment (10 ECTS credits) Environment and chemistry(10 ECTS credits)

Social subjects (15 ECTS credits) Energy and environmental science and project work (5 of 10 ECTS credits) Environmental engineering project (10 ECTS credits)

126

Subjects and ECTS Credit Distribution for Students Starting Their 1st Year of Study in 2007

1st yearMathematics 100 5 ECTS credits autumnEnergy and environmental science and project work 10 ECTS credits autumnEnvironment and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnEnvironmental engineering project 10 ECTS credits autumn / springMathematics 200 5 ECTS credits springFlow technique 10 ECTS credits springPhysics 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd yearMathematics 300 10 ECTS credits autumnStatistics and measurement techniques 10 ECTS credits autumnElectrical installations 10 ECTS credits autumnTechnical drawing / CAD 5 ECTS credits springControl, regulation and building automation 5 ECTS credits springIndoor climate and sanitation 20 ECTS credits spring

3rd year Light and lighting 5 ECTS credits autumnHeating, ventilation and sanitary engineering 20 ECTS credits autumnCAD for technical installations 5 ECTS credits autumnFinal Year Project 20 ECTS credits springElectives 10 ECTS credits spring

127

Subjects and ECTS Credit Distribution for Students Starting Their 2nd Year of Study in 2007

2nd yearMathematics 300 10 ECTS credits autumnStatistics and measurement techniques 10 ECTS credits autumnElectrical installations 10 ECTS credits autumnTechnical drawing / CAD 5 ECTS credits springControl, regulation and building automation 5 ECTS credits springIndoor climate and sanitation 20 ECTS credits spring

3rd year Light and lighting 5 ECTS credits autumnHeating, ventilation and sanitary engineering 20 ECTS credits autumnCAD for technical installations 5 ECTS credits autumnFinal Year Project 20 ECTS credits springElectives 10 ECTS credits spring

Subjects and ECTS Credit Distribution for Students Starting Their 3rd Year of Study in 2007

3rd year Environmental engineering technique in Buildings I– acts, rules, methods of calculation 10 ECTS credits autumnEnvironmental engineering technique in Buildings II- heating and ventilation technique 10 ECTS credits autumnSanitary engineering and environment 5 ECTS credits autumnCAD for technical installations 5 ECTS credits autumnFinal Year Project 20 ECTS credits springElectives 10 ECTS credits spring

Electives

Electives at the Environmental Engineering Programme 2006/2007:

Lighting design 5 ECTS credits springDaylight 5 ECTS credits springControl and optimising of motors in buildings 5 ECTS credits springPractice 5 ECTS credits autumn / spring

128

1st Year 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 100

Code: FO100AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge of elementary functions and develop skills to use these for the solution of different problems where also derivation, integration and 1st degree differential equations are included.

ContentsThe subject includes the following topics:

Elementary functions, continuity and derivation Derivation and speed of change, problems involving extreme values Riemann sums, anti-derivation, integral methods 1st order differential equations, linear and separable Applied integrals and differential equations

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 3 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the next week, lecture, reviewing of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusTerje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk IEdwards & Penny: Calculus 6e

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

129

Subject: Energy and Environmental Science and Project Work

Code: LO824GType: Technical and social subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall raise their awareness of energy conversion. The student shall acquire basic knowledge of possible energy and environmental measures in relation to society, business world and buildings. Furthermore, the students shall acquire skills, knowledge and attitudes on which a successful project work is based, such as quality management, quality assurance and improvement processes.

Contents Terminology, energy and effect Greenhouse effect, environmental aims, measures Tapping of energy resources, energy conversion Quantity and quality for energy systems, efficiency Combustion, energy accounting Energy saving Environmental protection, resources and technology Circular flow Public measures Initiation, planning and implementation of a project Organisation and responsibility, strategies, structure and pitfalls Project phases, awareness, frames, management, follow up, evaluation, measuring and control Contracting, contract forms, calculations and basis for decision-making Termination, start-up, takeover and guarantee, follow-up and post-evaluation of projects Interaction, communication, project documentation, report, meetings, presentation technique Quality management, assurance, methods, control tools, HMS (health, environment and security),

ethics, benchmarking Cost-effectiveness, profitability considerations, investments, risk measuring, sensitivity analysis Worker Protection and Working Environment Act, Planning and Building Act, provisions, directions,

standards etc.

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, individual and group exercises, laboratory exercise

SyllabusT. Henriksen and I. Kanestrøm: Klima drivhuseffekt energi. Gyldendal 2001Skattum, K., Hatling, J.: Veien til Prosjektsuksess. Veileder for alle som jobber med eller i prosjekter. Norsk forening for Prosjektledelse (NFP). ISBN 82-91341-81-8Sjøvold, O.: Kompendium i prosjektarbeid og ledelse ”Samhandling og løsning av prosjekt og arbeidsoppgaver i et kvalitetsperspektiv”, edition 2006 or more recent

Working Requirements4 compulsory exercises of which 3 must be approved before the student may sit for the examination. In addition, a compulsory presentation and a compulsory laboratory exercise must be approved before the student may sit for the examination. Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

130

Subject: Environment and Chemistry

Code FO051KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

basic knowledge of general chemistry, including chemical bonding and stoichiometry ability to carry out chemical equilibrium calculations, acid / base calculations and calculations with

redox reactions and electro-chemical cells ability to apply the knowledge of chemistry in environmental assessment insight into the resource challenges which society is facing and how to solve them understanding of the most common processes leading to environmental problems and how avoid or

reduce these problems ability to include the environmental aspect in the solution of technical problems, knowledge of the

Worker Protection and Working Environment Act and of factors which influence the working environment, especially the chemical environmental factors

ContentsThe chemistry part

Structure of atoms and the periodic system Inorganic combinations Chemical bonding types Reaction equations and stoichiometrical calculations Acid / base calculations and calculations with redox reactions Electrochemical cells and basic corrosion theory Ideal gases Organic substance groups, plastic, oil and gas

The environment part Basic principles of ecology Environmental problems related to various sources of energy Consumption pattern and measures to save energy Environmental analysis, environmental revision, lifetime evaluations Recipients and common cleaning methods for emission to air, water and soil Types of refuse and methods for treatment or recycling of refuse Health, environment and safety (internal control, the Working Environment Act and the Pollution

Control Act) Environmental management

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching is given as lectures 4 times a week and 4 exercise hours a week.

SyllabusRystad, Lauritsen: Kjemi og miljøkunnskap 3rd edition 2002. NKI-forlagetHellum, Bente and Thomassen, Hanne: Kompendium Miljø og kjemi, IU, HiO 2007

Working Requirements3 multi-choice tests on Class Fronter and one test examination. These must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

131

Subject: Environmental Engineering Project

Code LO827GType: Social subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire skills in project work, teamwork, report writing and presentation through the practical execution of a project. The projects will also give the students knowledge of energy use and energy saving, indoor climate and pollution. The students will also learn how to use simple measuring equipment.

Contents Structuring and implementation of a project Organisation and responsibility Communication, interaction and teamwork Project planning Meeting techniques and writing of minutes Search for literature Report structure Report writing Project presentation Use of measuring equipment Calculation of energy and effect Environmental knowledge Energy saving systems

Organisation and Working MethodsThe students will acquire knowledge of the subject through active work with projects. The project assignments are prepared in groups. Written report and oral presentation in plenary forum.

SyllabusT. Henriksen and I. Kanestrøm: Klima drivhuseffekt energi. Gyldendal 2001Skattum, K., Hatling, J.: Veien til Prosjektsuksess. Veileder for alle som jobber med eller i prosjekter. Norsk forening for Prosjektledelse (NFP). ISBN 82-91341-81-8Sjøvold, O.: Kompendium i prosjektarbeid og ledelse ”Samhandling og løsning av prosjekt og arbeidsoppgaver i et kvalitetsperspektiv”, edition 2006 or more recent

Working RequirementsTwo project assignments which must be approved before the students are evaluated. The project assignments shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Class Fronter.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation which includes two project assignments. The process, the report and oral presentation count in the evaluation of the projects. In the first assignment, the report counts 70 % and the oral presentation 30 %. In the second assignment, the report counts 70 % and the oral presentation 30 %. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

132

Subject: Mathematics 200 for Environmental Engineering Programme

Code FO210GType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra, and develop skills to use this in relevant work within environmental engineering.

ContentsTopics taught: Solution of linear equation systems on matrix form Matrix algebra, linear transformations, determinants Gauss and Gauss-Jordan processes for inverting of matrixes Linear independence, basics, basic introduction to vectors Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors for matrixes Diagonalisation of matrixes with application on systems of 1st order linear differential equations with

constant coefficients

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the next week, lecture, review of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

133

Subject: Flow Technique

Code LO826GType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of theories of flow technique and understanding to apply the theories in practice in a building-technical context. The subject also provides a basis for understanding the operating principles of the various energy systems, the technical units they contain and basic calculations of these.

Contents Units and dimensions Physical properties of liquids Liquid flows and gas flows Pipes and canals Pressure loss, curvature, orifice Pumps, fans, ventilators and compressors Air flow in rooms Heat transfer in connection with flow technique Heat recovery Measuring theory Measurement techniques Flow measuring

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, compulsory laboratory work and project assignment in groups

SyllabusDanvak: Varme- og klimateknikk – Grunnbok, 2nd edition, Danvak Aps, 1997Stensaas, Leif: Ventilasjonsteknikk 1 Skarland Press.1999Christensen: Kompendium i Strømningsteknikk, Oslo University College. Possible supplementary texbook will be notified at the start of the semester

Extracts from:Dahlvig, Gunnar: Energiteknikk, Universitetsforlaget, 2001Lund, Ansgar: Termodynamikk og strømningslære, 1999Stensaas. Leif: Ventilasjonsteknikk, Gyldendal, 2001Notes, copy of selected literature

Working RequirementsOne written partial test, 3 compulsory laboratory works and one project assignment must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. Two of the compulsory laboratory works are included in the project assignment and will, therefore, count in the evaluation of the project.

EvaluationA project assignment counts 30 % and 3-hour written examination under invigilation counts 70 %. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

134

Subject: Physics

Code FO818AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire competence of thermo-physics and thermodynamics on which to base the understanding of new technology in an energy context, and the dealing with thermal problems in a building-technical context.

Contents Thermodynamics: Ideal gases, state equations 1st and 2nd law of thermodynamics Thermodynamic processes, such as the Carnot process, heat pumps and cooling systems Energy quality, efficiency Heat transfer: Heat transport, convection and radiation Calorimetry

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures with calculation exercises, laboratory exercises

SyllabusHallset, Haugan, Hjelmen, Isnes: Termofysikk, 2nd edition, NKI Forlaget 1994Selected topics from: Hansen et. al: Danvak – Varme- og klimateknikk, 2nd edition, Danvak Aps 1997Notes, copy of selected literature

Working Requirements3 compulsory laboratory works and two compulsory partial tests which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

135

2nd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 300 for Environmental Engineering Programme

Code: FO310GType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge and skills adapted to the need for mathematics of the study programme. The student shall develop skills in using computer tools in order to obtain results in more complicated connections.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Complex numbers Solution of 2nd order differential equations with constant coefficients Basic introduction in the convergence principle and development of known elementary functions in Taylor

series Linear adaptation to functions and application of this on integrals and limit values Calculation of partial derived functions of several variables, graphs and level curves, and determination of

the equation for tangent plane on room surfaces Calculation and classification of critical points of functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule: Lectures two hours, calculation exercises with student assistant and subject teacher two hours and computer tool training two hours

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus, 6 e, Early transcendentals, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk 2

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory exercises together with 3 programme-related projects which are evaluated for grading. The projects must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the final examination. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3 project assignments which together count 30 % and 3-hour written examination under invigilation, which counts 70 %. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

136

Subject: Statistics and Measurement Techniques

Code FO814AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and develop an understanding of correct treatment of measured data and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase. The students shall know the principles for measurement of ventilation plants, electrical circuits with active and passive components, safety during measurement of electrical installations, sound and lighting measuring, indoor climate parameters with thermal imaging.

ContentsThe statistics part:

Information handling Basic measurement techniques and logging of quantities with static and dynamical faults Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

The measurement techniques part with applied statistics: Measurement of temperatures, air velocity, CO2, relative humidity and other selected indoor climate

parameters Measurement of quantities such as air volume, air velocity and pressure in ventilation systems Measurement of voltage, current and power on active and passive components in alternating voltage

systems Measurement of nonlinear electrical load such as static frequency transformers, UPS and computers Health and safety regulations for maintenance and operation of electrical installations Measurement of ventilation noise and light levels indoors

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, compulsory exercises, laboratory assignments

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2Special compendium in measurement techniques

Working Requirements8 individual, random-generated assignments must be completed and approved and two compulsory exercises in measurement techniques and 2 compulsory laboratory assignments must also be approved before the student may sit for the examination. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

137

Subject: Electrical Installations

Code LO829GType: Technical subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire understanding of the structure of electrical installations, acquire knowledge of acts and regulations related to electrical installations, be able to communicate with persons with electro-technical background, understand electro-technical drawings, be able to describe an electrical installation qualitatively based on the intended function of the installation in relation to operation of buildings in view of indoor climate and energy consumption.

ContentsThe students shall be familiar with definitions, concepts, significance, consequences and measure related to indoor climate:

Basic structure of electrical installations Basic parameters used for dimensioning of electrical installations Components and their function in an electrical installation Various voltage systems Safety (acts and regulations) Schematic drawings Quality (such as voltage quality, selection of simultaneity factors, expansion possibilities) Consumer pattern Electric motors Use of Bus-systems

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, compulsory calculation exercises, compulsory laboratory exercises and project assignment. The project assignment is prepared by groups. Written report and oral presentation take place in common forum.

SyllabusNersveen, J.: Elektriske anlegg, 2006

Working RequirementsOne partial test, one project, 10 exercise assignments where at least 8 exercises shall be submitted and approved, 3 laboratory exercises with inspection sheet must also be approved before the students may sit for the examination. The projects report is part of the basis for evaluation and shall be submitted as PDF-file on Fronter.

EvaluationThe project report counts 30 % and 3-hour written final examination under invigilation counts 70 %. Both are parts of the final grade and must be passed to obtain a passing grade in the subject. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

138

Subject: Technical Drawing / CAD

Code LO839GType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to read and understand technical drawings within the HVAC-disciplines and to master relevant 2D and 3D tools.

Contents Understand the structure of the programme and execute simple technical drawings in 2D, such as plan,

elevation, system drawings Effective editing / alteration of drawings Zooming / panning Use of layers, labelling and measurements

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures with exercise in the beginning of the semester which shall provide the basis for the application of the data tool in professional subject’s project assignment.

SyllabusWill be notified at the start of the course

EvaluationThe students shall submit a project report. The project report forms the basis for the evaluation. The evaluation is expressed as passed / not passed.

139

Subject: Control, Regulation and Building Automation

Code LO833GType: Technical subjectVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to design a controlling installation with regard to indoor climate and energy consumption in buildings.

Contents Apply acts, regulations, directions and standards (TEK, REN, FOBTOT, standards and norms, internal

control regulations) Principles for control and regulation The PID controller, programmable regulators, fuzzy logic, PLC Frequency regulation of the induction motor Control and regulation of heating, ventilation, cooling and light Bus-systems, such as EIB/Konnex, LonWorks Central operational control (SD-anlegg)

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, laboratory exercises and project assignment

SyllabusDANVAK Varme- og klimateknikk – Grunnbok, 2nd edition, (copy of chapter 4, 1st edition)Stensaas, Leif: Ventilasjonsteknikk, Gyldendal, 2001Notes, copy of selected literaturePlanning and Building Act (PBL) and regulations PBL and Ren Tek direction to PBLEmilsen, Jan W: Styring og regulering av tekniske anlegg i bygninger, Skarand Press, 1999

Working Requirements8 practical assignments shall be approved before the students may sit for the examination. Parts of the subject are included in the project given within Indoor climate and sanitation, and the project must be passed before the student may sit for the examination. Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

140

Subject: Indoor Climate and Sanitation

Code LO840GType: Technical subjectVolume: 20 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to assess comfort requirements and to assess how climate installations shall be designed in order to achieve a satisfactory indoor climate. He / she shall participate in the projecting, implementation, operation and maintenance of climate-technical installations in buildings, in order to prepare for optimal indoor climate with correct use of energy.

Contents The authorities’ requirements, regulations, rules and codes of practice for indoor climate and use of

energy Building and external climate such as outdoor climate, sun radiation, wind, building design, location,

heat loss and heat input Effect and energy need for buildings and budgeting by use of NS 3031, NS 3032 and NS 3940. The new

EU directive on the energy need for buildings, energy marking Dynamic modelling of building and climate-technical systems for optimal indoor environment, power

and energy need. SCIAQ, Energi I Bygninger, and similar Thermal environment, atmospheric environment, acoustic environment, actinic environment,

mechanical environment, aesthetic environment and psycho-social environment Optimal comfort conditions in the building in relation to the human metabolism and clothing The flow picture for air flow in rooms to achieve optimal indoor climate Cleaning during construction and operation Humid air Design and optimal maintenance to avoid growth of legionnaire bacteria in cooling towers and hot-

water systems Design of wet-rooms Microbiology Choice of building material with regard to indoor climate, energy use and recycling Indoor climate, illness and health

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, laboratory exercises and project assignment

Working Requirements4 compulsory exercises must be approved before the students may have a grade in the subject. Furthermore, the students shall have a portfolio. The portfolio shall include two 3-hour partial tests which are evaluated and must be passed before the student gets a grade in the subject, together with one project assignment. The project assignments shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Fronter.

SyllabusDanvak grundbog, Danvak aps.Finn Levy and Kjell Aas, Hus og helse, CappelenLeif Stensaas: Inneklimateknikk, Gyldendal, 2000Compendia on microbiologi, sanitation, wet-room standards, indoor climate and use of energyNotes, copy of selected literatureExtracts from Planning and Building Act (PBL) and regulations PBL and Ren Tek direction to PBL, chapter 4 Indoor Climate

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation, where the partial tests count 50 % and the project included the oral presentation counts 50 %. The process between students / teacher / external supervisor, the report and oral presentation count in the evaluation of the project. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

141

3rd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Environmental Engineering Technique in Buildings I – Acts, Rules, Methods of Calculation

Code SO861GType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall be able to assume and participate in, and, further ahead, lead the work with knowing and applying acts and rules relating to climate, power and energy requirement. Furthermore, he / she shall be able to assure comprehensive solutions for technical installations in buildings. The solutions shall take into consideration energy, environment, finances, acts and regulations. In addition he / she shall be able to undertake necessary calculations within the subject area.

Contents Acts, regulations, guidelines and standards Specifications for indoor climate and energy use Buildings’ efficiency and energy requirements and budgets when using NS 3031, NS 3032 and NS 3940 Physics of buildings / thermodynamics The new EU Directive relating to energy requirement in buildings Basic dynamic modelling of building and climate-technical systems for optimal indoor environment,

power and energy need and outdoor environment. The following simulation programmes are applied: SCIAQ, Energi i Bygninger, Energinøkkelen

Evaluate the coherence between the properties of the building components and the functions of the building

Calculate internal and external heat loads from sun incidence. This includes in depth understanding of the significance of the window, and how to use it optimally in relation to energy and daylight conditions.

Choose environmentally friendly materials Calculate and select primary energy

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, laboratory exercises and project assignment

SyllabusDANVAK Varme- og klimateknikk – Grunnbok, 2nd edition, (copy of chapter 4, 1st edition)Stensaas, Leif: Ventilasjonsteknikk, Gyldendal, 2001Stensaas, Leif: Inneklimateknikk, Gyldendal 2000Effekt- og energiberegninger, NS 3031, Bygningers energi- og effektbudsjett, NS 3032Notes, copy of selected literaturePlanning and Building Act (PBL) and regulations PBL and Ren Tek direction to PBLEnergi i Norge, SINTEF, Enøk i bygninger (eib), NTNU – Institutt for husbyggingsteknikk: HusbyggingsteknikkSoftware used for the project: Edb program SCIAQ (EIB), Programbyggerne

Working RequirementsThe portfolio shall include one approved compulsory exercise with presentation of subject material, one 3-hour partial test which is evaluated and must be passed before the student gets a grade in the subject, together with one project assignment which shall be completed with graded evaluation. The project assignment shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Fronter. Provided that the student chooses more than one subject this semester, one project may be run for these subjects.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation, where the partial tests count 50 % and the project included the oral presentation counts 50 %. The process between students / teacher / external supervisor, the report and oral presentation count in the evaluation of the project. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

142

Subject: Environmental Engineering Technique in Buildings II - Heating and Ventilation Technique

Code SO862GType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall be able to assume the assurance of comprehensive solutions for technical installations in buildings. The solutions shall take into consideration energy, environment, finances, acts and regulations. In addition he / she shall be able to undertake necessary calculations within the subject area.

Contents Acts, regulations, guidelines and standards Preparation of specifications for heating systems Efficiency and energy calculations for buildings, NS 3031 Optimal choice of primary energy Calculation of optimal energy use Design of heating installations, water based central heating, expansion plants Design of refrigerating plants Design of ventilating plants, i.e. aggregates and ducts Design of incoming and exhaust air vents for rooms Calculation of sound absorption in ventilation plants The software Energinøkkelen and equivalent

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, laboratory exercises and project assignment

SyllabusStensaas, Leif: Ventilasjonsteknikk, Gyldendal, 2001.Stensaas, Leif: Vannbaserte oppvarmings- og kjølesystemer, Skarland Press AS 1996Effekt- og energiberegninger, NS 3031, Bygningers energi- og effektbudsjett, NS 3032Notes, copy of selected literaturePlanning and Building Act (PBL) and regulations PBL and Ren Tek direction to PBLEnergi i Norge, SINTEF, Enøk i bygninger (eib)Software used for the project: SCIAQ (EIB), Programbyggerne Energinøkkelen, Rembra

Working RequirementsThe portfolio shall include one approved compulsory exercise with presentation of subject material, one 3-hour partial test which is evaluated and must be passed before the student gets a grade in the subject, together with one project assignment which shall be completed with graded evaluation. The project assignment shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Fronter. Provided that the student chooses more than one subject this semester, one project may be run for these subjects.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation, where the partial tests count 50 % and the project included the oral presentation counts 50 %. The process between students / teacher / external supervisor, the report and oral presentation count in the evaluation of the project. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

143

Subject: Sanitary Engineering and Environment

Code SO835GType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall be able to assume the assurance of comprehensive solutions for sanitary installations and wet-rooms in buildings. The solutions shall take into consideration energy, environment, finances, acts and regulations. In addition he / she shall be able to assume specialist responsibility for solutions within the area. Contents

Laws, regulations, guidelines, Våtromsnorm (wet-room standards) and Normalreglement Design and dimension sanitary installations in buildings such as water and water supply Design and dimension installations for hot-water supply Design optimal wet-rooms Choose the right building materials with regard to indoor climate, energy use and recycling Specifications for environmentally friendly materials Acquire knowledge of dangerous products / chemicals in the building industry By way of design and optimal maintenance be able to prevent the growth of legionnaire bacteria in

cooling towers and hot-water systems Technical and building-related efforts to achieve a satisfactory indoor climate

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, laboratory exercises and project assignment

SyllabusHellum, B.: Mikrobiologi og inneklima, HIO-trykkeriet 2006Hellum, B.: Helse og miljøfarlige kjemikalier, HiO-trykkeriet 2006Veileder fra Statsbygg om miljøriktige valg av byggevarer (2001). Fagrådet for våtrom: VåtromsnormStensaas, Leif: Sanitærteknikk, Universitetsforlaget 2002Sjøvold, O.: Kompendium om tilfredsstillende inneklima og energibrukNotes, copy of selected literatureExtracts from: Planning and Building Act (PBL) and regulations PBL and Ren Tek direction to PBL

Working RequirementsThe portfolio shall include one approved compulsory exercise with presentation of subject material, one 3-hour partial test which is evaluated and must be passed before the student gets a grade in the subject, together with one project assignment. The project assignment shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Fronter. Provided that the student chooses more than one subject this semester, one project may be run for these subjects.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation, where the partial tests count 50 % and the project included the oral presentation counts 50 %. The process between students / teacher / external supervisor, the report and oral presentation count in the evaluation of the project. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

144

Subject: CAD for Technical Installations

Code LO841GType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to handle architect and HVAC drawings in a project and give competence in the construction of ventilation plants in 3D with calculations for dimensioning, drop of pressure etc.

Contents Design and editing of ventilation details in 3D Make sections from 3D models Be able to interconnect systems through several storeys Flow calculations Calculation of dimensioning, drop of pressure and sound

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures with exercise in the beginning of the semester which shall provide the basis for the application of the data tool in the project assignment given in discipline of Environmental Engineering in Buildings.

SyllabusWill be notified at the start of the course

EvaluationThe project report forms the basis for the evaluation. The evaluation is expressed as passed / not passed.

145

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO851GType: Final year projectVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciences, technical subjects and social subjects

AimThe students shall develop skills in practical / theoretical problem-solving through the accomplishment of a major engineering work. Preferably, the project shall be carried out in cooperation with an enterprise, a business and industry organisation or a public institution.

Contents Design project aim, milestones, progress and scope in close contact with a business and industry player Develop good comprehensive solutions in the project work which through simplicity is easy to

implement Contribute to the choice of the best energy solutions, environment solutions and indoor climate

solutions for the project aim The assignment shall show good creativity Evaluate / draft the finances of the chosen solutions in a business-economic as well as socio-economic

perspective

Organisation and Working MethodsProject assignment with a considerable measure of supervision. Team-building and interaction are emphasised. The proposed solutions must be related to international / EU standards. The development projects are chosen by Oslo University College or by the business world. The project assignment shall be accomplished as a group work. The draft project with aim milestones and progress shall be prepared and presented in writing and orally after 3 weeks. The final year project assignment shall include report and oral presentation in plenary. An academic supervisor will be appointed at the field of study. For projects which are carried out in cooperation with an enterprise, a business and industry organisation or a public institution, an external supervisor will also be appointed. The final year project shall have an academic content which is relevant for the discipline concerned.

SyllabusLiterature of the student’s own choice in connection with the project must be founded in the academic subject.

EvaluationEvaluation of the final year project will be based on the accomplished work and the report. A summary of the final year project shall be presented orally for the supervisors and the other final year project students. Feedback from fellow students in the project will have significance for the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

146

Electives for Bachelor Programme in Environmental Engineering

Subject: Lighting Design

Code LV802GType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Light and lighting

AimThe student shall be able to design an electrical lighting system and to undertake technical measuring of light for analysis of the working environment related to the subject.

Contents Technical concepts and units of lighting Vision and lighting Technical calculations of light Different types of light sources Different types of fixtures Different lighting principles within interior, industrial and sports Use of calculation software Utilisation of daylight

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, compulsory submissions

SyllabusHansen og Bjørset: Lysteknikk, Classica forlag AS, 2006Lecture notes.

Working RequirementsOne project assignment must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

EvaluationThe project assignments counts 30 % and a 3-hour written final examination under invigilation counts 70 %. The student must pass the final examination as well as the project assignment separately to get a passing grade in the subject. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The project assignment shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Fronter. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Partial ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

147

Subject: Daylight

Code LV803GType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall be able to undertake daylight calculations / measuring and assess positioning of windows and window types in relation to a healthy indoor environment and pursuant to Tek and Ren. Contents

The importance of daylight for the human being Angles of the sun Geographic location The daylight factor and its components Calculation of the daylight factor and average daylight factor Radiation energy from the sun The utilisation of daylight as light source in order to save energy for electrical for lighting Various sun screening techniques

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, project assignment. The project assignment is accomplished in groups, written report and oral presentation in common forum.

SyllabusLecture notesByggforsk journals: 421.602 Dagslys. Egenskaper og betydning, 421.621. Metoder for distribusjon av dagslys i bygninger, 421.625 Beregning og dokumentasjon av dagslys i bygninger, 421.626 Metoder for beregning av gjennomsnittlige dagslysfaktorer i bygninger

Working RequirementsA project assignment must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

EvaluationThe project assignments counts 30 % and a 3-hour written final examination counts 70 %. The student must pass the final examination as well as the project assignment separately to get a passing grade in the subject. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The project assignment shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Fronter. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Partial ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

148

Subject: Control and Optimising of Motors in Buildings

Code LV805GType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Technical subjects from the 1st and 2nd years of study

AimThe student shall be familiar with the principle and structure of a motor. He / she shall be able to optimise the electrical power consumption of the motor by use of power electronics and know its performance at different loads, such as pumps and fans in ventilation plants. ContentsThe students shall be familiar with definitions, concepts, importance, consequences and measures which include:

Electric network and 3-phase analysis with a view to optimise the power lead The principle and structure of an AC motor The motor’s torque and current conditions at start-up The motor’s most common operating characteristics Control of rotational speed by way of static frequency converter The frequency converter’s reverse effect on the network The motor’s degree of enclosure, method of cooling, method of operation and insulation level The motor’s areas of operation, such as pumps and fans Knowledge of technical calculations for use of pumps and fans in buildings Knowledge of small motors controlling functions in a ventilation plant Knowledge of routines for procurement of fan and pump motors Maintenance of motor drives in buildings

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises, compulsory assignments, visit to an enterprise and laboratory work

SyllabusAndersen, Øystein: Kompendium i el.motorer, el.styringssystemer , pumper og ventilatorer, HiO trykkeriet

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory exercises and two laboratory assignments are submitted as protocol. The A 4 working requirements must be approved before the student sits for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids for the Final ExaminationAll written and printed study aids and handheld calculator without wireless connection

149

Subject: Placement

Code LV809GType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

Increased understanding of the coherence between theory and practice knowledge of the organisation in an enterprise knowledge of planning technical installations in buildings general knowledge of working life

ContentsThe work content shall, to a reasonable degree, be relevant for the working tasks which are expected for the students as full-fledged engineers. In addition to the daily working tasks to be performed as part of the placement, the student must also focus on what is the aim of the subject.

Organisation and Working MethodsThe placement period preferably takes place in the 5th or 6th semester of the study programme, but may also be completed in the summer between the 2nd and 3rd year of study, as the teaching schedule during the semesters not always are adjusted for placement periods.

SyllabusPlease see the aim of the subject. More detailed specification may be applicable depending on the type of enterprise or job.

Working RequirementsThe placement period have a duration corresponding to minimum 100 hours. The student shall write a placement report which, as much as possible, shall deal with the aim of the subject. The report shall be submitted as a PDF-file on Fronter.

EvaluationThe work performance and the report are the basis for the evaluation of the placement. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

150

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Chemical EngineeringDiscipline of Biotechnology

Introduction

The purpose of Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Chemical Engineering is to provide the students with a wide theoretical basis. The biotechnology knowledge is based on general chemical platform and on thorough training in chemical analytical techniques. This will make the students flexible in choice of working tasks and possible further studies.

Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Chemical Engineering lasts 3 years, and full-fledged candidates will be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Engineering. The Bachelor programme complies with National curriculum for engineering study programme laid down 1 December 2003 by the Ministry of Education and Research.

Proficiency Attained in the Study Programme

Biotechnology is called the new growth industry of the world. There have been enormous advances within biotechnology, especially in connection with medical diagnosis, forensic analyses, treatment of illness and the production of new pharmaceuticals. Biotechnology also includes production of foodstuffs for human consumption (beer, wine, yoghurt and cheese), animal foodstuffs, biological water purification, the use of enzymes in technical processes and refuse treatment.

A Bachelor degree within chemical engineering / biotechnology provides the opportunity to participate in an exciting development within food production, pharmaceutical industry, chemical industry, aquaculture and the fishing industry. It will also provide the possibility for jobs connected to R&D activities at several research institutions and research environments.

The operation of purifying plants, analyses of polluting emissions and mapping of damaging effects from these on human beings, animals and the environment are also relevant working areas. Furthermore, with the broad chemical background from this study programme, work within industrial production of glue, paints and varnishes, cleaning substances and petroleum products will be relevant.

Aims of the Bachelor Programme

The aim of the programme is that the students acquire chemical engineering knowledge and skills making them attractive for working life, and that they get a basis for further studies. The Bachelor programme shall develop students who take initiative, plan and solve technical problems. Communication and cooperation with others together with training to formulate aims and report results are emphasised.

The students shall develop knowledge and skills needed to understand chemical concepts, problems and methods develop an understanding of the interplay between technology, the environment and society develop positive and ethic-based attitudes to their profession and to the research and development going on

in the subject area acquire sufficient theoretical knowledge to assure the quality of sampling, analysis methods and analysis

results acquire experience to be able to administer themselves, keep order and appointments acquire a broad professional platform and sound practical skills in order to become independent and creative

Contents

Core subjects are: mathematics, statistics and physics oral and written communication related to the chemistry discipline

151

general chemistry, organic chemistry, analytic chemistry and physical chemistry with a large segment of practical laboratory work

chemical engineering as a basis for chemical and biochemical processes biochemistry and microbiology with training in cultivation and identification of micro-organisms biotechnology, genetics and gene technology methods with focus on how micro-organisms and other cells

may be exploited and genetically manipulated for the production of antibiotics, proteins, vaccines and other useful products

modern methods for instrumental analyses

In connection to each of the chemical subjects, a laboratory course will be organised where the students will acquire basic skills to use laboratory journals and to write reports.

Admission requirements

The admission requirement is special entrance qualifications for higher education, i.e. general entrance qualifications for higher education with in depth study of mathematics (2MX, 3MX) and physics (2FY). Alternatively pre-course for Bachelor Programme in Engineering or 2-year technical school (teknisk fagskole). Applicants with general entrance qualifications for higher education who lack mathematics 2MX, 3MX or physics 2FY, may accomplish the Bachelor programme over 3 years including two summer terms.

Teaching / Supervision

The teaching / supervision will be a combination of lectures, exercises, compulsory submissions, projects and laboratory exercises. It is especially important that the students get training in independent laboratory work and in quality assurance of their own performance. Therefore, all technical subjects and part of the basic subjects are set up to include laboratory exercises. To an increasing degree through the study, these exercises require self-development from the student.

The schemes for teaching / supervision will be implemented according to the principles in the Quality Reform, i.e. use of student-active teaching methods where the students must be personally active through different exercise and laboratory works. In some subjects, the evaluation of the laboratory work and / or laboratory reports will also be a constituent part of the final evaluation of the subject. More detailed information on this will be found in the description of each individual subject.

Through the training programme and feedback on the different practice assignments, the students will get continuous feedback on their academic development.

The teaching is research-based according to the following criteria: The teaching of most basic subjects is linked to a research environment The members of the teaching staff of the study programme have researcher qualifications and are active

within R&D Most of the final year projects which the students prepare in the 6th semester are linked to external research

environments. The contact and the information obtained by the teachers through this cooperation contribute to steady upgrading of subject syllabi concerned and continuous development of relevant laboratory assignments connected to the subject.

Syllabus and choice of literature are revised annually so that the chosen topic to the largest possible extent is up to date with the development in business and industry.

Teaching Schedule

At the start of each semester, the students will get a teaching schedule for each individual subject. The teaching schedule will contain reading list, work schedule, detailed information on training arrangements and laboratory courses together with working requirements with appurtenant deadlines etc.

Teaching Material

In most of the subjects, English textbooks will be used. For some subjects, separate compendia will be prepared. Syllabus will be listed for each subject in the survey below.

152

Evaluation

In many of the subjects, there will be individual written examination on which the final grade will be based. In many subjects, it is required that certain working requirements (compulsory submissions and laboratory courses) must be accomplished before the student may sit for the examination. In the subjects where no written examination is required, the evaluation will be based on an accomplished project work. The evaluation and examination form is described under the different subject descriptions.

The Faculty will use external examiner in such a way that some subject are chosen at random. These subjects will be evaluated by external examiner considering examination system as well as question papers, and part of the students’ written answers will be graded by external examiner together with subject teacher. In addition, the Faculty will appoint and external examiner on study programme level who will actively contribute to continuous evaluation and quality assurance of the study programme considering contents as well as syllabus literature, evaluation forms etc. Use of external examiners is a constituent part of the Faculty’s system for quality control of our courses on offer.

Evaluation Expression

The final evaluation of a subject is expressed in one of the following ways: According to a grading scale from A to E for passed with A as the best grade, E as the weakest and F for not

passed As Passed / Not Passed

The evaluation expression for each subject is indicated under the subject descriptions.

The Students’ Evaluation of the Study Programme

The quality assurance system of the Faculty includes procedures for evaluation of the teaching by the students. Every semester, the students evaluate the teaching programme of the selected subjects. The final year students shall make a more comprehensive evaluation of the learning environment of the study programme. The student representatives participate in common meetings at the study programme throughout the semester, and will here be able to contribute to the best possible development of the study programme.

Further Studies

There is a range of further study possibilities for candidates holding the degree of Bachelor of Engineering. Some students continue until Master degree in technology at NTNU or other Norwegian or foreign universities. Oslo University College, Faculty of Engineering has also established good transition arrangements with University of Oslo as well as Norwegian University of Life Sciences (UMB).

The Place of Basic Subjects and Social Subjects in the Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Chemical Engineering

Mathematics and statistics (25 ECTS credits) Mathematics 100 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 200 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 300 (10 ECTS credits) Statistics (5 ECTS credits)

Computer technology (5 ECTS credits) Project work within biotechnology and environmental technology (10 ECTS credits, whereof 3 ECTS

credits in computer technology) Analytical chemistry I and Analytical chemistry II (totalling 20 ECTS credits, whereof 2 ECTS credits

in computer technology) Physics (10 ECTS credits)

Physical chemistry (15 ECTS credits, whereof 10 ECTS credits in physics)

153

Chemistry and environment (10 ECTS credits) Chemistry and environment is a constituent part of the chemistry subjects in the 1st year of study

Social subjects (15 ECTS credits) Project work within biotechnology and environmental technology (5 of 10 ECTS credits) Project implementation and ethics (10 ECTS credits)

154

Subjects and ECTS Credit Distribution

Plan for students starting their 1st year of study in the autumn 2007. The detailed subject descriptions for the topics of 2nd and 3rd year of study will be published later.

1st year (2007-2008)

Mathematics I00 5 ECTS credits autumnGeneral chemistry 15 ECTS credits autumnProject work within biotechnology and environmental technology

5 ECTS credits autumnMathematics 200 5 ECTS credits springOrganic chemistry 15 ECTS credits springAnalytical chemistry I 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd year (2008-2009)

Mathematics 300 10 ECTS credits autumnStatistics 5 ECTS credits autumnPhysical chemistry 15 ECTS credits autumnChemical engineering 10 ECTS credits springBiochemistry 10 ECTS credits springProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year (2009-2010)

Biotechnology 15 ECTS credits autumnAnalytical chemistry II 10 ECTS credits autumnElective subjects 5 ECTS credits autumnGenetics 5 ECTS credits springElectives 5 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

The following distribution applies for students following 2nd and 3rd year of study 2007-2008:

2nd yearMathematics 300 for the chemistry programme 10 ECTS credits autumnStatistics 5 ECTS credits autumnPhysical chemistry 15 ECTS credits autumnChemical engineering 10 ECTS credits springBiochemistry 10 ECTS credits springProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd yearBiotechnology 15 ECTS credits autumnAnalytical chemistry II 10 ECTS credits autumnElectives 5 ECTS credits autumnGenetics 5 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits springElectives 5 ECTS credits spring

Electives

Electives at the chemistry programme 2007-2008

Practice work 5 ECTS credits autumn / springEnvironment and toxicology 5 ECTS credits autumnLaboratory course in genetics 5 ECTS credits spring

155

1st Year 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 100

Code: FO100AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge of elementary functions and develop skills to use these for the solution of different problems, where also derivation, integration and 1st degree differential equations are included.

ContentsThe subject includes the following topics:

Elementary functions, continuity and derivation Derivation and speed of change, problems involving extreme values Riemann sums, anti-derivation, integral methods 1st order differential equations, linear and separable Applied integrals and differential equations

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 3 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus 6e, Early transcendental, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk I

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

156

Subject: General Chemistry

Code: LO432KType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of the structure of atoms and molecules, stoichiometric, various types of chemical reactions and equilibrium calculations. ContentsThe subject includes the following topics: Stoichiometry Chemical equilibrium Acid / bases equilibrium Heterogeneous equilibrium Parting equilibrium Reduction / oxidation Electrochemistry Structure of atoms Chemical bonding Energy and thermo-chemistry Nuclear chemistry Complexes

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercise classes and compulsory laboratory course

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with 7 laboratory assignments and submission of 7 journals. The laboratory course must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

SyllabusGeneral Chemistry, The essential concepts, Mc. Graw Hill, 2003, 4th edition

EvaluationThe students are evaluated through a 5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The student has to sit the examination in the same year as he / she follows the laboratory course. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationCalculator and formulae collection

157

Subject: Project Work within Biotechnology and Environmental Technology

Code: LO450KType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThrough this study, the students shall learn to cooperate in project groups and to present subject-related material orally as well as in writing. The students shall accomplish projects on themes of their own choice within biotechnology and environmental technology. The projects shall contribute to a creative and social student environment at the chemistry programme.

Contents Biotechnology and environmental technology themes are elucidated Project work Computer tools such as Word, Excel and Power Point Project work in practice and design of posts Introduction to HMS (Health, Environment and Safety) and short project Presentation technique Design of laboratory journals and reports, and the purpose of journal writing during the performance of

experiments Literature search Project with poster presentation, lecture and report

Organisation and Working MethodsResource lectures, supervision hours, compulsory exercises and project work

Working RequirementsOne poster presentation, one project report with oral presentation

SyllabusAugustson, Ragnhild, Rapportskriving, compendium HiO, 2001Rønning, Per Ola: Kort beskrivelse av Microsoft WordRønning, Per Ola: Kort beskrivelse av Microsoft ExcelRønning, Per Ola: Kort beskrivelse av Microsoft Power Point

Literature connected to presentation technique will be given later.

Further detail on the syllabus will appear from the teaching schedule.

EvaluationThe evaluation is based on a total evaluation of the poster presentation and project report with oral presentation. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

158

Subject: Mathematics 200 for the Chemical Engineering Programme

Code FO210KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra, and develop skills to use this in relevant work within chemical engineering.

ContentsTopics taught: Solution of linear equation systems on matrix form Matrix algebra, linear transformations, determinants Gauss and Gauss-Jordan processes for inverting of matrixes Linear independence, basics, basic introduction to vectors Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors for matrixes Diagonalisation of matrixes with application on systems of 1st order linear differential equations with

constant coefficients

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

159

Subject: Organic Chemistry

Code: LO424KType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: General chemistry

AimThe students shall acquire an overview of structure and reactivity of organic molecules. The student shall acquire experience in synthesis. Furthermore, the student shall acquire competence within use of UV and IR spectrophotometry. ContentsThe subject includes the traditional fundamental basics of organic chemistry: Structure, stereochemistry, bonding relations in organic molecules and simple nomenclature. Identification of organic molecules with spectroscopic techniques.

The course provides learning of common laboratory reactions which have a biological opponent. The review of laboratory reactions will also show the biological opponent.

A basic introduction to amino acids, peptides, proteins and carbohydrates will be given.

The laboratory course includes training of simple working methods in organic chemistry and reactions to some important substance classes.

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, supervision hours and laboratory work

SyllabusMcMurry: Organic Chemistry A Biological Approach, Thomson Brooks/Cole 2007

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with 7 submissions and a project assignment. All of these must be approved before the student may get final evaluation in the subject.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation. The portfolio includes 3 tests, 7 laboratory exercises and a project work. The laboratory exercises with appurtenant journal and the project work must be approved. The tests form the basis for the final evaluation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed and F for not passed.

160

Subject: Analytical Chemistry I

Code: LO421KType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: General Chemistry

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of quantitative methods in analytical chemistry. Furthermore, the students shall make themselves familiar with the theoretical and practical principles for potentiometry, spectroscopy and chromatography. The students shall also develop skills in use of laboratory equipment and instrumentation, handling of measured data and use of statistical methods for processing of analysis results. Contents Basic concepts of quantitative analytical chemistry Statistical processing of analysis data, errors and uncertainty Titrimetry and potentionmetry Introduction to spectroscopic methods Introduction to chromatographic methods

Database technique Use of statistical tools in Excel

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercise classes and compulsory laboratory course

SyllabusHarris, Daniel C.: Quantitative Analytical Chemistry, 7th edition, W.H. Freeman 2007.

Further detail on the syllabus will appear from the teaching schedule.

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with submission of 5 journals. Certain exercise classes connected to the laboratory course will be compulsory. The laboratory course with 5 journals must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

161

2nd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Chemical Engineering Programme

Code: FO310KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge and skills adapted to the need for mathematics of the study programme. The student shall develop skills in using computer tools in order to obtain results in more complicated connections.

ContentsThe following topics are included: 2nd order differential equations with constant coefficients Basic introduction to convergence concepts and development of known elementary functions in Taylor

series Linear adaptation to functions and application of this on integrals and limit values Calculation of partially derived functions of several variables, graphs and level curves and determination of

the equation for tangent plane on room surfaces Calculations and classification of critical points of functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsWeek schedule: Lectures two hours, calculation exercises with student assistant and subject teacher two hours and computer tool training two hours

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus, 6 e, Early transcendentals, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk 2

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory exercises together with 3 programme-related projects which are evaluated for grading. The projects must be approved before the student is allowed to sit for the final examination. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThe evaluation is based on project (30 %) and approved 3-hour written final examination under invigilation (70%). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

162

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Information handling Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working Requirements8 individual, random-generated assignments must be completed and approved before the student may sit for the examination. One of these assignments is adapted to the study programme concerned. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

163

Subject: Physical Chemistry

Code: LO426KType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: General Chemistry, Organic Chemistry

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of energy and energy transfer in various systems, and knowledge of colligative properties and phase balance. In addition, the students shall be able to make calculations within fluid mechanics, heat transfer and calculation of heat exchanger. ContentsThe following topics are included: Energy, work and heat Enthalpy, H Entropy, S Gibb’s energy, G Equilibrium Phase equilibrium / phase diagrams Colligative properties Electrochemistry Kinetics

The physics part: 1st, 2nd and 3rd thermodynamic laws Fluid mechanics Steady heat transfer (thermal conduction, heat radiation and thermal transmission), heat exchangers Cooling processes and heat pumps

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercise classes and compulsory laboratory course

SyllabusChang, R.: Physical Chemistry for the Bioscience, University Science Books Compendium within fluid mechanics, heat transfer, heat exchangers, cooling processes and heat pumps will be ready at the start of the study.

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with submission of 5 journals and 3 reports. The laboratory course must be approved before the student may sit for the examination. The reports must be submitted electronically on Fronter.

EvaluationThe students will be evaluated on the way during the laboratory course. The grade obtained from this evaluation will count 30 % in the final grade in the subject. In addition, there will be a 5-hour written examination under invigilation, which will count 70 %. The student must pass the laboratory course as well as the examination to obtain a passing grade in the subject. The student has to sit the examination in the same year as he / she follows the laboratory course. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection, Rolfsen, S.: Formelsamling og notasjoner i fluid mekanikk mm, IU, 2007-2008, Formulae collection for Physical chemistry

164

Subject: Chemical Engineering

Code: LO441KType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Subjects from 1st year and Physical Chemistry

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of unit operations within chemical engineering and equipment. They shall also train the ability to carry out calculations of unit operations and put this to practical use. The subject is as much as possible directed at biochemical, biotechnological and environmental applications and issues. Contents Mass and energy balance Stirring and dimensioning of stirring device Scaling up Separation technology with focus on:

o Distillationo Gas purification methods, gas absorptiono Liquid extraction

Other separation technology methods included:o Filteringo Centrifugationo Sedimentationo Cyclones

Air conditioning, drying Membrane processes

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, supervision hours, problem-based assignments and compulsory laboratory course

SyllabusRoald A.: Kjemiteknikk II, self-published

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with submission of one report and one project report with presentation for the class. In addition, 4 of the 6 compulsory exercises must be approved. At least 3 of these shall be done in the exercise classes.

EvaluationLaboratory and project reporting will count 30 %, and 3-hour written final examination under invigilation will count 70 %. The student must pass both parts included in the final grade to obtain a passing grade in the subject. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection, Rolfsen, S.: Formelsamling og notasjoner I kjemiteknikk, IU, 2007-2008

165

Subject: Biochemistry

Code: LO417KType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: General Chemistry and Organic Chemistry

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of various types of cells, their structure and the most important chemical processes within cells. Furthermore, the students shall train the ability to identify and cultivate some types of micro-organisms, mainly bacteria.

Contents Structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells Cultivation and identification of unknown micro-organisms The three-dimensional structures of proteins and their function in the cell Enzyme kinetics Metabolism of carbohydrates and the principles of energy conversion within cells Lipids and the structure of membranes Metabolism of lipids Plants’ photosynthesis Metabolism of nitrogen Nucleic acids, replication and transcription Protein synthesis

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, supervision hours and compulsory laboratory course. Certain exercise classes connected to the laboratory course will be compulsory.

SyllabusMcKee, Trudy & James: Biochemistry – An Introduction, 3rd ed. 2003McGraw-Hill and Augustson, Ragnhild: Mikrobiologi, compendium, 2003, HiO

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with submission of two journals and two reports. The laboratory course must be approved before the student may sit the final examination.

EvaluationThe students will be evaluated on the way during the laboratory course. The grade obtained from this evaluation will count 30 % in the final grade in the subject. In addition, there will be a 3-hour written examination under invigilation, which will count 70 %. The student must pass the laboratory course as well as the examination to obtain a passing grade in the subject. The student has to sit the examination in the same year as he / she follows the laboratory course. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

166

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Scial subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall, with some working experience, be able to manage small projects and companies in an ethically justifiable way. They shall be able to use MS Project to manage projects. They shall be able to assess interim results, finance and working methods during the project. They shall be able to explain deviations, including the understanding of and assumption of responsibility for their own contribution to deviation. They shall be able to find measures and take effective actions.

ContentsTopics taught:

Project definition The responsibility of the project manager Project organisation Project planning Project follow-up Project finance Quality assurance Cooperation General management (vision, aim, purpose, attitudes, values, commitment, motivation, innovation,

delegation, independent co-workers, organisation culture, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company)

Ethics, ethical challenges for the company and its employees, assurance of ethical behaviour

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Oral presentations. Project work in groups, preferably connected to the final year projects.

SyllabusPer Willy Hetland: Praktisk prosjektledelse, 3rd edition, published by Norsk forening for prosjektledelse, ISBN 82-91341-67-2Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo 2007Collins C.J. and Porras J.I.: Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York 2002

Working Requirements4 project reports shall be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the final examination. Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed. Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

167

3rd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Biotechnology

Code: LO481KType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Biochemistry, together with topics from Chemical Engineering and Analytical Chemistry

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the development of biotechnological production organisms by way of classical mutagenous and molecular biological methods. Furthermore, they shall develop skills in the operation of fermentation processes, choice of downstream processes and analyses of biotechnological products. ContentsThe following topics are included: Recombinant DNA technology Synthesis and amplification of DNA Manipulation of gene expression within prokaryotes at mutations and genetic engineering Protein engineering Various examples of biotechnological methods and processes Development and optimising of fermentation processes Isolation, purification and analysis of fermentation products Unspecific and specific immunity and the structure and function of antigens in the body

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, supervision hours, problem-based assignments and compulsory laboratory projects. Some of the supervision hours are compulsory.

SyllabusMadigan, Matinko, Parker, Brock: Biology of Microorganisms, 10th ed. 2003Prentice Hall and Augustson, Ragnhild: Kompendium i fermenterings- og separasjonsteknologi, 2001

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with submission of two journals and two reports. The laboratory course must be approved before the student may sit the final examination. EvaluationThe students will be evaluated on the way during the laboratory course. The grade obtained from this evaluation will count 30 % in the final grade in the subject. In addition, there will be a 5-hour written examination under invigilation, which will count 70 %. The student must pass the laboratory projects as well as the examination to obtain a passing grade in the subject. The student has to sit the examination in the same year as he / she follows the laboratory course. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

168

Subject: Analytical Chemistry II

Code: LO433KType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Analytical Chemistry I

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of important instrumental methods of analysis, techniques for sampling and methods for processing of samples within analytical chemistry. The students shall also become familiar with the basic principles for method development, quality assurance and quality control in analytical chemistry.

Contents Chromatographic theory and chromatographic separation Liquid and gas chromatography, optimising of chromatographic separation Mass spectrometry Sampling and processing of samples Method development and method validation Quality assurance and quality control in analytical chemistry

Computer skills: Statistical tools in Excel Control programmes (TotalChrom, Excalibur) for chemical instrumentation Simulation programme for chromatographic separation

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercise classes and compulsory laboratory course

SyllabusRønning, P.O.: Prøvetaking og prøveopparbeiding, Compendium, 2006, HiOGreibrokk T., Lundanes, E. and Rasmussen, K.E.: Kromatografi, 3rd ed. 1998, Universitetsforlaget

For other literature and further details on the syllabus, please see the teaching schedule.

Working RequirementsCompulsory laboratory course with submission of two journals and two reports. Compulsory supervision hours shall take place before the accomplishment of the laboratory assignments. The laboratory course must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination.

EvaluationLaboratory reporting (30 %) and 3-hour written final examination under invigilation (70 %). The student must pass the laboratory course as well as the final examination to obtain a passing grade in the subject. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationMathematical / technical tables together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

169

Subject: Genetics

Code: LO440KType: Technical subjectVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Biochemistry and Biotechnology

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the human genome, its structure and methods used to make a survey of the genome. They shall also be able to accomplish survey analyses. They shall be familiar with the most common methods for genotyping of individuals and be able to calculate spreading and showing of pathogenic genes in a population.

Contents Classical genetics based on Mendel’s inheritance theories Calculation of order and distance between genes based on interbreed experiments Gene regulation at prokaryote (lac operon) as well as eukaryote level Surveying of microbe genes based on transduction, transformation and conjugation experiments Structure, surveying and analysis of genomes Direct and indirect methods for showing of genotype Population genetics

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercise assignments

SyllabusHartwell et al.: Genetics, from genes to genomes, 3rd edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2008

Working Requirements3 multiple choice tests on Fronter must be approved. One approved compulsory assignment must also be approved before the students get access to the examination. Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationMathematical / technical tables together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

170

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO945KType: Final year projectVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: All subjects included in the study programme. All laboratory courses and projects connected to the technical subjects must be approved before final year project is assigned to the students. Assignment of final year project follows the guidelines valid for the study programme.

AimThe students shall acquire training to accomplish an individual engineering assignment on an issue within practical industry or research.

Working RequirementThe final year project shall be submitted within a fixed deadline. The deadline is decided by the Faculty Board. Deferment of submission deadline may be granted only in exceptional cases, and the student has to apply specifically.

EvaluationEvaluation of the final year project will be based on accomplished work, the report and the oral presentation. A summary of the final year project shall be presented for the supervisors and the other final year project students. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

171

Electives for Bachelor Programme in Chemical Engineering 2007-2008

Subject: Placement

Code LV443KType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Basic subjects and technical subjects in 1st and 2nd years of study

AimThe students shall acquire understanding of the connection between theory and practice knowledge of the organisation in a company or in a laboratory knowledge of quality assurance and reporting routines at chemical or biotechnical enterprises knowledge of working life in general

ContentsTo a reasonable extent, the contents of the work shall be relevant to the working tasks which the students can expect to perform as qualified engineers within the chemical and / or biotechnical environments. In addition to the daily tasks which the students are expected to do in the practice work, they must also focus on the aim of the subject.

Organisation and Working MethodsThe placement period preferably takes place in the 5th or 6th semester of the study programme, but may also with advantage be completed in the summer between the 2nd and 3rd year of study, as the teaching schedule during the semesters not always are adjusted for placement periods.

SyllabusPlease see the aim of the subject. More detailed specification may be applicable depending on the type of enterprise or job.

Working RequirementsThe placement period have a duration corresponding to minimum 100 hours. The student shall write a placement report which deals with the aim of the subject.

EvaluationThe work performance and the report are the basis for the evaluation of the placement. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

172

Subject: Toxicology and the Environment

Code: LV462KType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Organic Chemistry, Analytical Chemistry I and Biochemistry

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of toxicology of the most important environmental poisons, how they are formed and released into the environment, and how they affect the eco-systems. Furthermore, the students shall learn how to undertake risk assessment of chemicals.

Contents General toxicology Eco-toxicology Environmental poisons, such as DDT, dioxins, PCBs, brominated flame retardants, polyaromatic

hydrocarbons, heavy metals and substances that disturb the hormonal balance Radioactive substances Risk assessment of chemicals

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercise classes

SyllabusBjerregaard P.: Økotoksikologi, 2005, Gyldendal, CopenhagenHanded out compendium on radioactivity

Working RequirementsOne project assignment and 4 compulsory multiple choice test on Fronter. 3 of the 4 tests must be approved before the students get access to the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationApproved mathematical table and handheld calculator without wireless connection

173

Subject: Laboratory Course in Genetics

Code: LV421KType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Biochemistry and Biotechnology

AimThe students shall acquire important working methods within the genetics field. This includes the isolation of DNA from biological sources, optimising of PCR analyses, characterisation and assessment of analysis results. Furthermore, they shall make themselves familiar with the use of bacteria and virus as an aid in genetic analyses.

ContentsPractical implementation of Optimising mini satellite analysis of human DNA Genetic regulation by E. coli Transduction of gal gene in E. coli with the use of lambda subject

Organisation and Working MethodsLaboratory exercises and report writing

SyllabusHellum, Bente: Laboratoriehefte i genetikk, HIO trykkeriet, 2006Hartwell et al.: Genetics, from genes to genomes, 3rd edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2008

Working Requirements3 laboratory exercises, 3 approved laboratory reports and one approved multiple choice test on Fronter EvaluationPortfolio evaluation where one partial test counts 30 % and the laboratory reports count 70 % as basis for the evaluation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

174

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Mechanical EngineeringDiscipline (studieretning) of Construction and Design

Aim of the Study Programme

The aim is to educate creative, well functioning and environmentally aware engineers who apply modern technology to develop good products and solutions with the right environmental profile.

The study programme is based on a solid foundation of relevant mathematics and other natural science and social science subjects.

It is specially emphasised that our students acquire high professional competence and creativity. The mechanical engineering programme (maskinlinjen) emphasises competence and attitudes within the following subjects and areas: Subjects within mathematics and natural science which form the basis for all engineering work Professional working methods within mechanical engineering that are related to design of new products and

systems, choice of material and analyses Creativity, ability to communicate, leadership qualities, ability to co-operate and to assume social and

societal responsibility ICT as a tool to develop and maintain high professional competence Sound attitudes to the ecological, societal and economic impacts of the use of technology, and that these

attitudes should pervade all their future engineering work Ability to work effectively and independently Take initiative, show leadership qualities Plan and implement working tasks independently and in project Meet challenges Administer oneself, keep order and appointments Ethics – “ do the right things even if nobody sees you” Quality assurance of work and solutions

Professional Aims

The students acquire thorough knowledge within basic engineering subjects to create a solid platform for further development of their knowledge and skills through an interesting and creative career in working life.

The mechanical engineering programme (maskinlinjen) tries, through cooperation with industry, always to be one step ahead of the development in relation to use of computer-based methods and tools. Among other things, rapid prototyping tools are actively used in the teaching. This, together with industry-directed subject combination, enables our engineers to solve the tasks expected from a modern mechanical engineer. The mechanical engineering programme works continuously to create an up to date study offer where the students meet central industrial components and solutions, and to include knowledge of industrial working methods and methodology. The teaching is research-based and annually revised to correspond tightly to what industry expects from a newly qualified engineer.

Further Studies

All students from all disciplines (linjer) may continue for further studies at universities or NTNU in their 4th year of study if they have good grades and take the elective of Mathematics III. These students should also choose the elective of Mathematics IV.

The Place of Basic Subjects and Social Subjects in the Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Machanical Engineering

Mathematics and statistics (25 ECTS credits) Mathematics 100 (5 ECTS credits)

175

Mathematics 200 (5 ECTS credits) Mathematics 300 (10 ECTS credits) Statistics (5 ECTS credits)

Computer technology (5 ECTS credits) Construction and design (10 ECTS credits, whereof 3 ECTS credits in computer technology) Mechatronics (10 ECTS credits, whereof 2 ECTS credits in computer technology)

Physics (10 ECTS credits)

Physics (10 ECTS credits)

Chemistry and environment (10 ECTS credits) Environment and chemistry (10 ECTS credits)

Social subjects (15 ECTS credits) Project management (5 ECTS credits) Project implementation and ethics (10 ECTS credits)

176

Subjects and ECTS Credit Distribution

3-year Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Mechanical Engineering

1st year

Mathematics I00 5 ECTS credits autumnProject management 5 ECTS credits autumnEnvironmental and chemistry 10 ECTS credits autumnMechanics 15 ECTS credits autumn / springConstruction and design I 10 ECTS credits springMathematics 200 5 ECTS credits springPhysics 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd year

Mathematics 300 10 ECTS credits autumnMaterial technology 15 ECTS credits autumnConstruction and design II 10 ECTS credits autumn/springStatistics 5 ECTS credits springProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits springThermodynamics 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year

Construction and design III 10 ECTS credits autumnMechatronics 10 ECTS credits autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits autumnDynamically loaded structures 10 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

Electives at the Mechanical Engineering Programme:

Heat and mass transportation 10 ECTS credits autumn

177

1st Year 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 100

Code: FO100AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge of elementary functions and develop skills to use these for the solution of different problems, where also derivation, integration and 1st degree differential equations are included.

ContentsThe subject includes the following topics:

Elementary functions, continuity and derivation Derivation and speed of change, problems involving extreme values Riemann sums, anti-derivation, integral methods 1st order differential equations, linear and separable Applied integrals and differential equations

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 3 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus 6e, Early transcendental, Matrix version, ISBN 0-13-093700-2Additional literature: Terje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk I

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

178

Subject: Project Management

Code LO196AType: Social subjectVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of industrial project management. The students shall acquire knowledge of methodology and tools which apply to typical industrial supply and development projects. Typical elements to be included are quality management, follow-up on aims, and strategies for implementation. After the completion of the subject, the student shall be prepared to lead student projects and manage minor industrial projects.

Contents Project management Quality assurance Time schedules Sub-projects Economics – quality - time Resources Estimation

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and compulsory project work

SyllabusP.W. Hetland: Praktisk Prosjektledelse, 3rd edition

Working RequirementsOne compulsory project

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

179

Subject: Environment and Chemistry

Code FO051KType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire

basic knowledge of general chemistry, including chemical bonding and stoichiometry ability to carry out chemical equilibrium calculations, acid / base calculations and calculations with

redox reactions and electro-chemical cells ability to apply the knowledge of chemistry in environmental assessment insight into the resource challenges which society is facing and how to solve them understanding of the most common processes leading to environmental problems and how avoid or

reduce these problems ability to include the environmental aspect in the solution of technical problems, knowledge of the

Worker Protection and Working Environment Act and of factors which influence the working environment, especially the chemical environmental factors

ContentsThe chemistry part

Structure of atoms and the periodic system Inorganic combinations Chemical bonding types Reaction equations and stoichiometrical calculations Acid / base calculations and calculations with redox reactions Electrochemical cells and basic corrosion theory Ideal gases Organic substance groups, plastic, oil and gas

The environment part Basic principles of ecology Environmental problems related to various sources of energy Consumption pattern and measures to save energy Environmental analysis, environmental revision, lifetime evaluations Recipients and common cleaning methods for emission to air, water and soil Types of refuse and methods for treatment or recycling of refuse Health, environment and safety (internal control, the Working Environment Act and the Pollution

Control Act) Environmental management

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching is given as lectures 4 times a week and 4 exercise hours a week.

SyllabusRystad, Lauritsen: Kjemi og miljøkunnskap 3rd edition 2002. NKI-forlagetHellum, Bente and Thomassen, Hanne: Kompendium Miljø og kjemi, IU, HiO 2007

Working Requirements3 multi-choice tests on Class Fronter and one test examination. These must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

Subject: Mechanics

180

Code LO516MType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Knowledge at admission

AimThe students shall develop solid basic knowledge in classical mechanics, i.e. statics, mechanics of materials and hydromechanics. They shall be able to carry out analyses and dimensioning of simple structures. The students shall understand the connection between loads and the strength properties of a structure. They shall be able to use simple ICT calculation tools in their analyses. The students shall be able to carry out and document a project work.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Forces on plane structures Graphical and analytical analysing methods Forces acting on hinged assemblies Analysis of rope and wire structures Simple truss structures Friction forces Beam cross sections Shear forces and stresses Axial force, shear force and moment diagrams Breaking of axially loaded rods Statically indeterminate structures Forces on planes immersed in liquid The continuity and energy equation for liquid flows in a pipe Forces caused by flowing mediums Reaction forces from liquid emissions Flow loss

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, teaching / supervision in groups, project work and exercises

Working Requirements10 compulsory exercises. At least 80 % of the exercises must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The project assignments must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination.

SyllabusVollen, Øystein: Mekanikk for ingeniører, Statikk og fasthetslære, NKI-forlagetThoresen, Per Erik: Kompendium I i statikkThoresen, Per Erik: Kompendium i væskemekanikkHaugan, John: Formler og tabeller, NKI-forlaget

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationCalculatorHaugan, John: Formler og tabeller, NKI-forlaget

181

Subject: Construction and Design I

Code LO528MType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: First part of the subject Mechanics

AimThe students shall explain the most important means for creating a technical design that suits its purpose contribute to the product development processes of mechanical structures, as well as propose improvements

in products and maintenance assess, dimension and choose machine elements, connections, means of lubrication and energy transfers

within structures make 3D models, dimension, and document mechanical structures with the help of computer-aided design

(CAD) visualise mechanical structures with the help of computer tools place loads on 3D models and show the distribution of tension in critical areas

Contents Machine drawing The CAD programme Inventor Technical material properties and relevant concepts Bolts and bolted assemblies Welded joints Axles Supports Axle – hub connections Drive gear mechanisms Couplings

Organisation and Working MethodsThe subject includes training of DAC as well as training of dimensioning techniques.

SyllabusDahlvig, Christensen, Strømsnes: Konstruksjonselementer. Yrkesopplæring 1991Jensen, Leif Johnny: Modellering av eksosklammer, (Compendium in DAK)Booklet on Maskintegning

Working RequirementsWorks to be included in the portfolio

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation. The evaluation is based on the following works: Detailed drawings and assembly drawing of exhaust clamps, drawings and calculations of suspended slide bearing, drawings of blind flange on pressure loaded tubes with appurtenant screw diagram, drawings and calculations of trolley for lifting block, drawing and calculation of torsion axle with hub. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

182

Subject: Mathematics 200 for Mechanical Engineering Programme

Code FO210MType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra for application in the element method (finite element method, method for calculation of strength of structures)

ContentsTopics taught: Solution of linear equation systems on matrix form Matrix algebra, linear transformations, determinants Gauss and Gauss-Jordan processes for inverting of matrixes Linear independence, basics, basic introduction to vectors Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors for matrixes Diagonalisation of matrixes with application on systems of 1st order linear differential equations with

constant coefficients

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. SyllabusLog, Steffen: Mathema, Tapir

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

183

Subject: Physics

Code FO501AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire fundamental background in physics where they apply knowledge and skills which they develop in the work with the subjects of mathematics. Formulating mathematical models of physical systems as well as accomplishing analyses and calculations, the students shall develop knowledge and skills contributing to a foundation of natural science to be able to work with the technological subjects.

ContentsClassical mechanics: Kinematics for linear motion Kinematics for translatory motion Dynamics for translatory motion Work Kinematics for rotational motion Dynamics for rotational motionOscillations and waves: Sustained oscillations Damped and forced oscillations Waves Superimposed waves

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises

SyllabusHallseth, Haugan, Hjelmen and Isnes: Svingninger og Bølger Hallseth, Haugan, Hjelmen and Isnes: Klassisk mekanikk

Working Requirements10 compulsory exercises whereof 70 % of the compulsory submissions must be approved before the student may sit for the examination

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationFormulae collection together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

184

2nd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Mathematics 300 for the Mechanical Engineering Programme

Code: FO311MType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100, Mathematic 200

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge and skills in mathematics for calculations on energy, flow and construction technique.

ContentsThe following topics are included: 2nd order differential equations with constant coefficients Introduction to convergence concepts and development of known elementary functions in Taylor series Numeric calculation of integrals by help of such as polynomial adaptation of non elementary functions Calculation of partially derived functions of several variables, graphs and level curves and determination of

the equation for tangent plane on room surfaces Calculations and classification of critical points of functions of several variables

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. SyllabusLog, Steffen: Mathema

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved to sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

185

Subject: Material Technology

Code: LO506MType: Technical subjectVolume:15 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to explain current materials’ structure and properties solidification and heat treatment of metallic materials different types of alloy systems and interpret binary phase diagram the most common methods for material testing current iron and steel alloys current nonferrous metals with alloys plastics, cerams and composites corrosion and corrosion prevention different junction methods

Contents Materials and concepts of material technology Testing mechanical properties of metals Metal structures and tempering mechanics Troubleshooting and damage analysis Equilibrium diagrams Phase conversion in solid state Aluminium and aluminium alloys Steel metallurgy Heat treatment of steel Steel alloys Cast iron Copper and copper alloys Titanium, magnesium and other metals Cerams Plastics Composite materials Joints Corrosion and surface techniques

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, laboratory exercises and arithmetic exercises SyllabusHusø, Øivind: Materialer – Teknologi og anvendelser, HiO-rapport 2005 nr. 21, 3rd edition

Working Requirements4 arithmetic exercises, one laboratory report on stretch experiment, one laboratory report on notch impact toughness measuring, one laboratory report on micro-examination, one laboratory report on tempering and hardness measuring. All these must be approved before the students get access to examination. Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

186

Subject: Construction and Design II

Code LO530MType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mechanics and Mathematics

AimThe students shall be able to accomplish analysis and design of different supporting structures. They shall understand the theory of calculator-based analysis methods, and shall be able to apply such methods to practical dimensioning. The students shall understand the mathematical tools on which the analysis methods are based. They shall be able to apply the calculation tool STAADPro and to dimension according to the code NS 3472. The students shall be able to use 3D modelling tools. They shall be able to accomplish analysis and design of a pipe system meeting the requirements of the flowing medium, process equipment and other external conditions. The students shall be able to apply tension and flexibility calculation tools according to the code ANSI B31.3. They shall be able to accomplish and document a project work.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Frame statics Strain energy in supportive structures Unit load method for analysis of statically indeterminate structures Angular deformation method Matrix statics Element method NS 3472 - code for the design of steel structures STAADPro - programme tool for analysis and design of frame structures 3D modelling tool Documents required for a pipe project Fittings and equipment Loads on a pipe system Strain and flexibility analysis Support

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, teaching / supervision in groups, project assignments and exercises

Working Requirements10 exercises are compulsory. At least 80 % of the exercises must be approved before the student may sit the final examination. The project assignments must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination.

SyllabusThoresen, Per Erik: Kompendium II i statikk. HIO: MatrisestatikkThoresen, Per Erik: Kompendium i konstruksjon av rørsystemer. Konstruksjon av rørsystemer: tabeller, diagrammer og formlerSandsleth: Isometrisk tegning for industri og oljerettet virksomhet

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. In the case of new and postponed examination, oral examination form may be used. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connectionHaugan, John: Formler og tabeller, NKI-forlagetKonstruksjon av rørsystemer: tabeller, diagrammer og formler

187

Subject: Statistics

Code LO071AType: Basic subject of mathematics and natural sciencesVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and develop understanding of correct information processing and how statistic methods may be used in a planning, monitoring, interpretation or decision phase.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Information handling Basic statistics and theory of combinations Different types of discrete and continuous distributions Covariance, correlation and determination of estimator Hypothesis testing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Week assignments.

SyllabusGunnar G. Løvås: Statistikk for universiteter og høgskoler, 2nd edition, 2004, Universitetsforlaget ISBN 82-15-00224-2.

Working Requirements8 individual, random-generated assignments must be completed and approved before the student may sit for the examination. One of these assignments is adapted to the study programme concerned. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

188

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Social subjectVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic understanding of project implementation, business administration, general management and ethics. With some working experience, they shall be able to lead minor projects and companies in an economically and ethically responsible way.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Project work: The software MS Project, project management, project implementation Economics: Business administration and project economics with accounts understanding and profit

evaluation, including budgeting and investment analyses General management: Vision, aim, purpose, attitudes, values, commitment, cooperation, motivation

innovation, delegation, independent co-workers, culture of organisation, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company

Ethics: Ethical challenges for the company and its employees. Improvement of ethical behaviour Guest lecturers: Practice of business world today

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Project work in groups.

SyllabusKjell Gunnar Hoff: Bedriftens økonomi, 6th edition, Universitetsforlaget, 2005. (BØ)Auxiliary literature and exercises: Arbeidsbok til Bedriftens økonomi. (Arb.BØ)Support literature: Ivar Bredesen: Investering og Finansiering, 3rd edition, Gyldendal.Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo, 2008.Collins J.C. and Porras J.I., Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York, 2002. Harung, H. S. (2004). Course on value-based management: Learning to create high-performing organizations by putting man before money. Emerald Management Xtra (EMX), Emerald Journals Online Portfolio, Bradford, England (www.emeraldinsight.com – examples of really interesting teaching practice and course design).Harung, H. S. (In review). Stimulating Reflection in a Management Course for Engineering and Technology Students, Journal of Management Education.

Working Requirements4 project reports must be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

189

Subject: Thermodynamics

Code LO509MType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to know central concepts within classical thermodynamics and flow technique know the principles for different forms of use of thermal energy calculate basic thermal processes analyse and calculate energy utilisation in thermal plants

Contents Elementary concepts, phase equilibrium, state equation The thermodynamic temperature scale Laws in thermodynamics Properties of pure substances The energy law for closed system The energy law for open system with stationary flow Circuit processes Entropy – Change of state Reversible and irreversible processes The Carnot process Cyclic processes for power production and cooling The gas turbine process The Otto and diesel cycle Ex-energy analysis Gas mixture – Humid air

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises

SyllabusMoran and Shapiro, Wiley: Fundamentals of engineering thermodynamics

Working Requirements6 compulsory exercises, 4 of the compulsory submissions must be approved before the student may sit for final examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationFormulae collection together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

190

3rd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Construction and Design III

Code SO556MType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Construction and Design I and II

IntroductionThe students shall acquire basic competence in modern finite element method (FEM) which is used for product development and construction in industry.

AimThe students shall be able to build up volumetric models in 3D work with assemblies prepare for calculation of strength and production dimension by help of the element method (FEM)

Contents User interface Sketches and partial constructions Basic modelling Static dimensioning with FEM Reuse of CAD documentation in FEM

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision in computer room

SyllabusCompendia

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

191

Subject: Mechatronics

Code SO543MType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Physics, Thermodynamics and Control Technique

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge to be able to project and dimension simple hydraulic and pneumatic energy transfers and electronic control of mechanical systems

ContentsPneumatics: Work and control elements Circuits Logical functions Automatic processesOil hydraulics: Hydraulic fluids Fluid mechanics Energy conversion Control valves Digital technique and number systems PLS Project implementation

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, exercises and project work

SyllabusBrautaset, Knut: Innføring i oljehydraulikk, UniversitetsforlagetEvensen, Kjell & Ruud, Jul: Pneumatikk, YrkesopplæringEggen, Trym Staal: Styring, Gyldendal

Working Requirements8 compulsory submissions. 6 of the compulsory submissions must be approved before the student may sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation counts 70 % as basis for the final grading. One project work counts 30 %. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationFormulae collection together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

192

Subject: Dynamically Loaded Structures

Code LO523MType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Construction and Design I and II

IntroductionMost structures are prone to movement or exposed to dynamic loads and must therefore be designed for variable loading. Growing focus on reduction of net weight, increased load-bearing capacity and speed requires ever more from the dimensioning knowledge of the engineers. Through this subject, the students will acquire knowledge of dimensioning to prevent fatigue and failure of dynamically loaded structures.

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge to be able to design structures with consideration to fatigue use relevant standards for life cycle calculations use failure mechanics to calculate critical crack lengths and fatigue life measure loads with strain gages prepare inspection programmes and assess the use of NDT Consider the structures’ natural oscillation

Contents Initiation mechanisms and design principles of fatigue and fracture Life-cycle calculations based on S-N graphs Life-cycle calculations based on NS 3472 (steel structures) and Eurocode 9 (aluminium structures) Linear-elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM) Elastic-plastic fracture mechanics (EPFM) Paris law, damage tolerance and selection of inspection intervals Non destructive testing (NDT) Vibration analysis

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and assignment solution

SyllabusCompendia

Working Requirements4 laboratory reports must be approved before the student gets access to examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connectionThe subject’s formulae collectionHaugan, John: Formler og tabeller

193

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO950MType: Final year projectVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: The other subjects

AimThe students shall acquire skills in practical / theoretical problem-solving through the accomplishment of a major engineering work.

Organisation and Working MethodsThe project shall preferably be done in cooperation with an enterprise or a public institution. The assignment may be accomplished by the individual student or in groups. A supervisor will be appointed at the discipline (linjen). For projects carried out in cooperation with an enterprise or a public institution, an external supervisor will also be appointed.

The topic of the final year project shall be relevant for the discipline (studieretning) concerned.

EvaluationEvaluation of the final year project will be based on the organisation and implementation of the work, and on a written report and oral presentation. Each individual student may be examined orally about the final year project. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

194

Electives at the Mechanical Engineering Programme 2007-2008

Subject: Heat and Mass Transportation

Code LV501MType: ElectiveVolume: 10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Thermodynamics

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of heat and mass transportation

Contents The principles for heat transportation Stationary conduction Non stationary conduction Convective heat transportation Radiation Heat exchangers Diffusive and convective mass transportation Analytical and numerical calculation methods

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises

SyllabusIncropera, Frank P., DeWitt, David P.: Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 5th edition

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationFormulae collection together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

195

Electives 2007-2008 Independent of Study Programme

DAC / AutoCAD 5 ECTS credits autumnHuman-Computer Interaction 10 ECTS credits autumnMathematics III – A 10 ECTS credits autumnMathematics III – B 5 ECTS credits autumn and springEnglish for Industry 5 ECTS credits autumn and springPractical Communication and Organisation 5 ECTS credits autumn and springMathematics IV 10 ECTS credits springEnglish Communication 10 ECTS credits spring

Subject: DAC /AutoCAD

Code LV228BType: ElectiveVolume: 5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the use of AutoCAD to produce drawings and develop skills to produce simple drawings by help of the construction tool.

Contents Design and understanding of technical drawings The principles for rational production of drawings by help of data-assisted construction systems Solving of technical drawing tasks by help of acknowledged drawing programme / DAC system

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercise classes

SyllabusKolstad, Odd Sverre, Autocad 2006, Gyldendals databøker ISBN 82-05-33908-1Compendium with progress schedule and survey of exercises together with submission assignments. This is handed out to the students. Evaluation9 submission assignments form the basis for the evaluation. All 9 assignments must be submitted and approved before the student may get a grade in the subject. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

196

Subject: Human-Computer Interaction

Code: LV125AType: ElectiveVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge of the terminology, approaches and techniques used in connection with development and evaluation of user interface. The student shall develop skill to analyse systems from a user’s point of view and argument whether systems will work or fail considering human diversity.

Contents Motivation: Why care about humans? HCI contexts (tools, web hypermedia, communication) Perception, movement and cognition Culture, communication and organisations Handling of human diversity Principles for good design and designers: engineer compromises Evaluation and testing of user-friendliness Data system technical detail: menus and modus, icons and graphic design, visualising

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 2 to 4 students.

SyllabusLiterature is under evaluation.

Working RequirementsThe groups will work with 3 projects of individual character where each project is submitted as a written report. Some groups may be chosen at random to present their work for the other students.

EvaluationThe total project work accomplished by the group is submitted for final evaluation in this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

197

Subject: Mathematics III - A

Code: LV151AType: ElectiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100, Mathematics 200

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge and understanding to master the basic processes in vector analysis. The subject qualifies for further studies at university or university college.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Calculation of max-min problems for functions of several variables Lagrange method for constrained max-min problems Calculation of gradient, divergence, curl, potential Variable change at calculation of double and triple integrals Calculation of curve integral and surface integral Integral theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, supervision hours and week assignments

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus, 6 e

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

198

Subject: Mathematics III - B

Code: LV152AType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100, Mathematics 200

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge and understanding to master the basic processes in vector analysis. The subject qualifies for further studies at university or university college.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Calculation of gradient, divergence, curl, potential Variable change at calculation of double and triple integrals Calculation of curve integral and surface integral Integral theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, supervision hours and week assignments

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Calculus, 6 e

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

199

Subject: English for Industry

Code: LV102AType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall develop skills in oral and written English to be able to function well in an international working environment.

Contents Current material within economic life, technology, environment and social conditions Work in writing: design of letters, memos, reports, applications etc. Oral work: presentations, negotiations and discussions

Organisation and Working MethodsClass teaching, i.e. one-way and two-way communication, oral and written exercises, presentations and case studies

SyllabusMackenzie, Ian: English for Business Studies, Cambridge University Press 2002, selected chaptersText Collection with Case Studies 2006-2007 – a compendium with articles and case studiesOther material from subject teacher

Working Requirements3 compulsory written assignments and a minor oral presentation in class must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written part of examination under invigilation (60 %), oral part of examination (40 %). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationEnglish / English dictionary and personal notes

200

Subject: Practical Communication and Organisation

Code LV106AType: ElectiveVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: The subject is only open for students who have served in certain defined positions of trust or have been entrusted to equivalent important positions of trust in other organisations.

Aim / ImplementationThe subject shall give the students a possibility to document the training in management and practical organisation of different kinds of work through the preparation of a report on their position of trust and on the experiences they have harvested during the performance of their commission. To be graded in the subject, the students must, within a fixed deadline, submit a report on which the evaluation will be based.

To accomplish the subject, the students must have served in one of the following positions of trust at Oslo University College: Member of the Student Board at the Faculty Member of the Faculty Board Member of the College Board Member of the Student Parliament

Students who have served in other positions of trust may apply to Head of Studies for Computer Science for access to the subject.

Working MethodsWriting of report

EvaluationThe evaluation is based on the report. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

201

Subject: Mathematics IV

Code: LV153AType: ElectiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Mathematics 100, Mathematics 300

AimThe student shall acquire skills to be able to solve selected types of ordinary and partial differential equations. The subject qualifies for further studies at university or university college.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Higher order basic differential equations with constant coefficients Power series and Frobenius sequences for solving 2nd order differential equations Laplace transformers for solving differential equations Fourier series for a periodic function Fourier sine series and Fourier cosine series for a non-periodic function Parallel differential equations (elliptical, parabolic and hyperbolic) by separation of variables

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures 4 hours per week, no separate exercise classes, week assignments, use of data tools

SyllabusEdwards & Penney: Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0-13-129346-X

Working RequirementsOne compulsory work which includes use of data tools must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory work is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

202

Subject: English Communication

Code: LO807AType: ElectiveVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall develop their skills in oral and written English. The students shall acquire knowledge of and practice in written as well as oral business communication. The students shall learn presentation technique. ContentsThe following topics are included: Clear and efficient written and oral mode of expression in English Current situations in business life (conversations, presentations etc.) Presentation technique Presentation tools

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, oral and written exercises

SyllabusLiterature is under evaluation

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory written works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationEnglish / English dictionary and personal notes

203

Curriculum for Bachelor / College Candidate Programme in Information TechnologyIntroduction

Bachelor / College Candidate Programme in Information Technology lasts 3 years, and full-fledged candidates will be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Information Technology. However, the curriculum is designed to enable the students to end their studies after 2 years as College Candidates (Høgskolekandidater). The precondition to be awarded the degree of Høgskolekandidat is that all subjects from 1st and 2nd year are approved.

The candidates who follow all 3 years will obtain a larger breadth in their competence. Furthermore, through the final year project, they will get a practical approach to their training which the college candidates do not get to the same extent.

Proficiency Attained in the Study Programme

This Bachelor / College Candidate Programme is designed to provide a general and wide education in information technology, and is primarily a study programme in software. After completed study, the candidates shall be able to solve efficiently ICT tasks in business and industry by help of modern computer technology. They shall be able to develop and integrate computer-based systems and programmes for various needs, administer computer networks and other computer-based installations, and provide user support and training. They shall also have the necessary theoretical basis to acquire rapidly new knowledge, new methods and new computer technology.

In the Oslo region, there is a large and diverse labour market for candidates with competence within computer technology. Candidates with broad competence will be key personnel in many enterprises within public as well as private sector.

Aims of the Study Programme

The students shall acquire necessary knowledge and skills to understand concepts, issues and methods within information technology ability to solve ICT tasks in industry and the rest of society by help of modern computer technology understanding of the effects from the use of computer systems on an organisation and on the working

environment for the individual a positive attitude towards the subject area and towards the current development knowledge as subject-related basis for supplementary and advanced training skills to integrate and evaluate computer systems and programmes for different needs

Contents

Core subjects are: programming and programme development – based on structures as well as object-oriented way of thinking algorithms and data structures data modelling and database theory systemisation and application development development and integration of larger systems in distributed and network-based environments computer-based and system-related topics such as computer architecture, operating systems and network

technology

It is prepared for a study programme with emphasis on use of modern computer technology.

Admission requirements

The admission requirement is special entrance qualifications for higher education, i.e. general entrance qualifications for higher education with in depth study of mathematics (2MX or 2MY or 3MZ). Previous knowledge of ICT is not required. Students with completed 2-year university college programme within ICT / information technology or equivalent may apply for admission to the 3rd year.

204

Subject Descriptions

We refer to the description of each individual subject. It will appear from the subject description whether a subject is based on subjects taught previously. This is, for subject-related and pedagogical reasons, recommended previous knowledge for the subject, and it is not required that these subjects shall be passed before the student embarks on the subject concerned. Before the final year project may be started, the requirement applies of examination totalling at least 90 ECTS credits per 1 October in the academic year concerned. Teaching / Supervision

The teaching / supervision will be a combination of lectures, exercises, compulsory submissions, projects and self-tuition. In most of the subjects, different forms of problem-based teaching and learning are used. In some subjects, Internet-based supervision will also be used.

The schemes for teaching / supervision will be implemented according to the principles in the Quality Reform, i.e. use of student-active teaching methods where the students must be personally active through different exercise and project works. In some subjects, the evaluation of different student works during the semester will also be a constituent part of the final evaluation of the subject. More detailed information on this will be found in the description of each individual subject.

Through the exercise programme and feedback on the different exercise assignments, the students will get continuous feedback on their academic development.

Teaching Schedule

At the start of each semester, the students will get a teaching schedule for each individual subject. The teaching schedule will contain reading list, work schedule, detailed information on exercise arrangements and working requirements with appurtenant deadlines etc.

Teaching Material

In most of the subjects, English textbooks will be used. For some subjects, separate compendia will be prepared. Nevertheless, in the subject survey below, syllabus literature will be listed under the different subjects. However, as the computer science sector is rapidly developing, a general reservation must be made as for exact indication of book titles. If the study programme shall be attractive and updated, the reading lists must be updated in step with the development taking place within the subject area.

The study programme also implies that the students themselves are actively searching for current material using library and Internet.

Evaluation

In many of the subjects, there will be individual written examination on which the final grade will be based. In many subjects, it is required that certain working requirements (compulsory submissions) must be accomplished before the student may sit for the examination. In the subjects where no written examination is required, the evaluation will be based on an accomplished project work. The evaluation and examination form is described under the different subject descriptions.

Act relating to universities and university colleges does not require the use of external examiner for examinations where the grade is included in the diploma. The Faculty will use external examiner in such a way that some subject are chosen at random. These subjects will be evaluated by external examiner considering examination system as well as examination papers. In such cases, normally 10 % of the students’ answer papers (at least 5 pc.) will be evaluated by external examiner. In addition, the Faculty will appoint and external examiner on study programme level who will actively contribute to continuous evaluation and quality assurance of the study programme considering contents as well as syllabus literature, evaluation forms etc. Use of external examiners is a constituent part of the Faculty’s system for quality control of our courses on offer.

Evaluation Expression

The final evaluation of a subject is expressed in one of the following ways:

205

According to a grading scale from A to E for passed with A as the best grade, E as the weakest grade and F for not passed

As Passed / Not Passed

The evaluation expression for each subject is indicated under the subject descriptions.

Internationalisation

Computer technology is an international subject field, and this is reflected in the curriculum contents by use of internationally known hardware and software used all over the world. The applied literature is mainly foreign and used at different educational institutions in the whole world. Therefore, Bachelor Programme in Engineering – Information Technology is international in its character and offers good possibilities for student exchange within the frame of the Bachelor programme. The study programme also provides a solid base for further studies abroad.

The curriculum is adapted for internationalisation in the sense that students may accomplish parts of their study programme at institutions abroad and have their examinations from these institutions approved as part of their Bachelor programme according to the time-for-time principle. Oslo University College has exchange agreements with a number of foreign educational institutions.

The study programme is also organised so that incoming students may accomplish the entire study programme or individual subjects. Supervision in English may be provided.

More detailed information is available on our web pages.

206

Subject and ECTS Credit Distribution for Students Starting Their 1st Year of Study in the Autumn 20071st year

Discrete Mathematics 10 ECTS credits autumnProgramming 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb-project 10 ECTS credits autumnProgramme development 10 ECTS credits springWeb programming 10 ECTS credits springComputer architecture 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd year

Algorithms and data structures 10 ECTS credits autumnSystem development 10 ECTS credits autumnHuman-computer interaction 10 ECTS credits autumnRelational databases 10 ECTS credits springOperating systems and UNIX 10 ECTS credits springProject implementation and ethics 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year

Computer security 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb applications 10 ECTS credits autumnComputer electives 10 ECTS credits spring / autumnElectives 10 ECTS credits spring / autumnFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

207

1st Year 2007-2008

Subject: Discrete Mathematics

Code FO019AVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the relevant topics within discrete mathematics used in basic and advanced computer science. It is intended that students shall develop skills to use this type of mathematics as a tool for solving computer science assignments.

ContentsTopics taught:

Logic and set theory Integers and matrices Sequences, series and differential equations Theory of combinations Relations, trees and graphs Boolean algebra

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusKenneth H. Rosen: Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, McGraw-Hill

Working Requirements3 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

208

Subject: Programming

Code LO127AVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire syntax and semantics in an object-oriented programming language. Furthermore, they shall develop knowledge of basic algorithms, data structures, programme structure and programming methods.

ContentsTopics taught:

Data types, primitive and user-defined Control structures Data structures (arrays) Classes, objects, references Basic use of inheritance Simple user communication by way of graphical user interface The programming language Java

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusDeitel & Deitel: Java How to Program, 6th edition.Other literature is under consideration.

Working Requirements5 compulsory works and two individual tests (without use of study aids) must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

209

Subject: Web-Project

Code LO136AVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire the skills, knowledge and attitudes which form the basis for successful project work, here specified for web publishing.

ContentsTopics taught:

Planning, organising and implementation of a project Collection and selection of relevant information Communication and cooperation Preparation and oral presentation of a standard written report on the project How data (numbers, text, sound and picture) are represented on a computer Exchange of data and services between machines on the Internet Development of web pages by help of HTML and style sheets Elementary web psychology

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 5 students.

SyllabusAnn-Mari Torvatn: Kommunikasjon for ingeniører, Tapir, 2001Ann-Mari Torvatn: Praktiske tips og eksempler for prosjektarbeid, Tapir, 2004Elisabeth Castro: HTML for The World Wide Web, Peachpit Press

Working RequirementsOne report on a technical subject published as a web page. The report and the web page must be approved. In addition, each group shall submit collaboration agreement, formulation of their task, process goal as well as a progress plan for the project part of the subject. An individual test under invigilation must also have been passed. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. EvaluationThe concluding project work carried out by the group is the concluding evaluation of this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

210

Subject: Programme Development

Code LO137AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming

AimThe students shall learn advanced object-oriented programming and develop basic skills in use of abstract data structures. They shall also acquire skills in window programming with event handling, together with file handling. Furthermore, the students shall acquire understanding, knowledge and skills in simple data modelling and system development methodology using the modelling language UML.

ContentsTopics taught:

Abstract classes and methods, polymorphism Use of interface Recursion File handling Basic algorithms for sorting and searching Simple, dynamic data structures (lists) Generic methods and classes Java’s Collections library Basic GUI programming UML class diagrams, sequence diagrams, object diagrams and activity diagrams

Java is used as programming language.

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Project work in groups. The size of the groups is normally 3 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusDeitel & Deitel: Java How to Program, 6th editionMartin Fowler: UML distilled, 3rd editionOther literature is under consideration.

Working RequirementsOne compulsory submission and one individual test without study aids must be approved before the student may participate in the concluding project work.

EvaluationThe concluding project work carried out by the group is the concluding evaluation of this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

211

Subject: Web Programming

Code LO113AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of web servers and of their functioning. Furthermore, they shall develop skills and insight into selected and relevant technologies for the development of web applications which communicate with a database.

ContentsTopics taught:

Multilayer architecture Web programming in PHP Database communication with MySQL Apache web server

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusSven Andreas Horgen: Webprogrammering i PHPAdditional literature under consideration

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written aids as well as handheld calculator without wireless connection

212

Subject: Computer Architecture

Code LO134AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming and Discrete Mathematics

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of digital technique, construction of digital circuits and the structure of computers. The students shall also acquire knowledge of assembler programming.

ContentsTopics taught:

Digital technique Digital circuits Structure of computers Assembler programming

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusM. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime: Logic and computer design fundamentals, Prentice Hall, 2004Tore Møller Jonassen: Assemblerprogrammering

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

213

2nd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Algorithms and Data Structures

Code LO140AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming, Programme Development and Discrete Mathematics

AimThe students shall develop insight and skills to be able to implement, analyse and apply the common algorithms and data structures.

ContentsTopics taught:

Data Structures: table, list, stack, queue, priority queue, heap, hash table, tree and graph Algorithms: searching, sorting, traversing and other relevant algorithms Iterative and recursive programming Analysis of algorithms with a view to efficiency and resource needs Completed class libraries Various applications, for instance techniques for data compression

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusUlf Uttersrud: Algoritmer og datastrukturer, Kompendium HiO 2007Support literature: Mark Allen Weiss: Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in Java, Addison-Wesley, 2006

Working Requirements3 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

214

Subject: System Development

Code LO138AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall develop understanding, knowledge and skills connected to the development of software systems. They shall acquire insight how to define the properties of the system, how to control the development process, and know which frames apply for the development.

ContentsTopics taught:

Basic system development methods and various phases in system development Object-oriented analysis and design Models, techniques and tools for analysing user requirements Modelling with UML Prototyping, user interface, user manual

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision. Project work in groups with part submissions. Size of the group is normally 3 to 5 students. Compulsory group presentation in plenary of central subjects in the syllabus.

SyllabusGurholt and Hasle: Grunnleggende systemutvikling. ISBN 8202198682 Martin Fowler: UML Distilled - A Brief Guide to the Standard Object Modeling Language, 3rd edition

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works (one group product report and one individual process report) which are included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the project and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThe product report from the project work accomplished by the group counts 60 % and the individual process report counts 40 % at the final evaluation. Some groups may be chosen at random to present the project work in plenary to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

215

Subject: Human-Computer Interaction

Code: LV125AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge of the terminology, approaches and techniques used in connection with development and evaluation of user interface. The student shall develop skill to analyse systems from a user’s point of view and argument whether systems will work or fail considering human diversity.

Contents Motivation: Why care about humans? HCI contexts (tools, web hypermedia, communication) Perception, movement and cognition Culture, communication and organisations Handling of human diversity Principles for good design and designers: engineer compromises Evaluation and testing of user-friendliness Data system technical detail: menus and modus, icons and graphic design, visualising

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 2 to 4 students.

SyllabusLiterature is under consideration.

Working RequirementsThe groups will work with 3 projects of individual character where each project is submitted as a written report. Some groups may be chosen at random to present their work for the other students.

EvaluationThe total project work accomplished by the group is submitted for final evaluation in this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

216

Subject: Relational Databases

Code LO124AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of database design, skills in data modelling and use of relational databases. Furthermore, they shall develop skills in construction and maintenance of databases as well as insight into multi-user and multi-layer database architecture.

ContentsTopics taught:

Fundamental principles of database design The ER-model as a data modelling tool Normal forms and the normalising process of a database The relational model and relational algebra SQL for construction and maintenance of a database Multi-user and multi-layer database architecture - transaction control Web applications and database interfaces

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusBjørn Kristoffersen: Databasesystemer. Utvikling og administrasjon med fokus på SQL, 2007

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works which must be approved to before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

217

Subject: Operating Systems and UNIX

Code LO141AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming and Programme Development

AimThe students shall acquire a qualitative overview of the function of operative systems and develop knowledge of principles behind operating systems through programming assignments. Especially, they shall acquire insight into the structure of Unix and Unix programming.

ContentsTopics taught:

Operating systems, multi-tasking, CPU scheduling, processes and threads, synchronisation, internal memory, file systems

Networks, OSI model, TCP / IP, Unix network programming Unix filing system, commandoes, processes, redirection and pipes Linux shell scripting (bash) Perl, Unix programming, regular expressions, client / server programming with sockets

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is maximum 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusMark Burgess: A short introduction to operating systems, HiO/IUMark Burgess: The unix programming environment, HiO/IURandal L. Schwarts, Tom Phoenix: Learning Perl, 3rd edition. 2001, O’ Reilly Assoc. orL. Wall, T. Christiansen and R. L. Schwartz: Programming Perl, 3rd edition, 2000, O'Reilly & Assoc.

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory group works and 5 individual submissions which must be approved to before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

218

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall, with some working experience, be able to manage small projects and enterprises in a way which is ethically justifiable. They shall be able to use MS Project to manage projects. They shall be able to explain deviations, including the understanding of and assumption of responsibility for their own contribution to deviation. They shall also be able to find measures and take effective actions.

ContentsTopics taught:

Project definition The responsibility of the project manager Project organisation Project planning Project follow-up Project economics Quality assurance Cooperation General management (vision, objective, intention, attitudes, values, commitment, motivation,

innovation, delegation, independent co-workers, organisation culture, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company)

Ethics. Ethical challenges for the company and its employees. Assure ethical behaviour.

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Oral presentations. Project work in groups, preferably connected to the main projects.

SyllabusPer Willy Hetland: Praktisk prosjektledelse, 3rd edition, published by Norsk forening for prosjektledelse, ISBN 82-91341-67-2Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo 2007Collins C.J. and Porras J.I.: Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York 2002

Working Requirements4 project reports must be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

219

3rd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Computer Security

Code LO147AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Operating Systems and Unix

AimThe students shall learn to know and understand the concept of computer security with the associated technologies and techniques. Furthermore, they shall be able to apply some protective tools. The students shall be able to analyse the need of an enterprise for computer security in relation to alternative protective solutions. The assessment of relevant measures for a specific enterprise shall also be made with a view to ethics, legislation and regulations.

ContentsTopics taught:

Risk analysis, assessment of sensitive data and need for protection Authentication and authorisation Logical and physical protection Encryption and key handling Protection of wireless net Ethical and legal aspects Protection planning and protection policy

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and assignments. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusRobert C. Newman: Enterprise Security, Prentice Hall 2003Thor E. Hasle: Sikkerhetskompendium, 2007

Working RequirementsA general case with 3 compulsory group works and one individual submission, all of which are counting.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation (project report and individual work). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

220

Subject: Web Applications

Code LO146AType: Computer electiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Computer subjects from 1st and 2nd year of study

AimThe students shall acquire insight and knowledge of selected and relevant technologies and techniques used in trade and industry to develop advanced web applications. The course is based on Java as application platform, web technology and multi-layer architecture to illustrate important concepts within application development. The subject will be a useful fundament for students wanting to work with web applications in connection with the final year project.

ContentsTopics taught:

Presentation layer: user interface, web browsers, mobile terminals, mark-up languages, client side form validation, internationalisation

Application logic: the http-protocol, servlets, sessions, concurrent programming with threads and thread safety

Data layer: beans, information exchange with XML and interaction with relational databases Separation of application logic and aesthetic design: JSP, code concealment with beans and custom

defined tags Load balancing Security

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusFrode Eika Sandnes: Moderne applikasjonsutvikling i Java for Web – tynne klienter og fete tjenere, Tapir, 2002Other literature is under consideration

Working Requirements3 project works

EvaluationThe project works accomplished by the group (with the possibility of oral examination) is final evaluation in this subject. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

221

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO912AVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: All of the subjects from the first 5 semesters

AimThe students shall develop skills to solve, in an independent and systematic way, a practically oriented and comprehensive project based on the requirements of a client. The students shall demonstrate that they can translate knowledge into practical solutions. They shall be able to apply the basic rules for user quality in analysis, design, implementation, in interface and documentation. They shall be able to produce satisfactory documentation for computer programmes and computer systems in relation to the product, operation and use with adaptation to the various recipients of this documentation, and they shall be able to describe their own working process appropriately and in accordance with given standards.

ContentsTopics taught:

Preliminary study Requirement specification Analysis and design Implementation Documentation and user manual

Organisation and Working MethodsProject supervision. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. The students shall accomplish a project equivalent to the volume of the subject, preferably with an external employer. More detailed information together with deadlines for the different phases in the project work will appear from the subject’s web page and from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThere will be a total evaluation of the project work and the group’s oral presentation of this work. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

222

Electives

Electives which are not compulsory within other Bachelor programmes will not be started without a sufficient number of registered students. In addition to the list below, subjects from the Bachelor Programme in Engineering - Computer Science and Bachelor Programme in Applied Computing Technology may be elected when they do not overlap with subjects in the Bachelor Programme in Information Technology.

Elective Subjects within Information Technology 2007-2008

Network and system administration 10 ECTS credits autumnModern System Development Methods 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb programming in .NET 10 ECTS credits springProgramming in C++ 10 ECTS credits springArtificial intelligence 10 ECTS credits spring

Other Electives 2007-2008

Mathematics 200 for Computer Science 10 ECTS credits autumnEnglish for Industry 5 ECTS credits springPractical Communication and Organisation 5 ECTS credits springMathematics 100 5 ECTS credits springEnglish Communication 10 ECTS credits spring

223

Subject: Network and System Administration

Code LO143AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Operating Systems

AimThe students shall acquire practical skills in set-up, operation and maintenance of computers in a network.

ContentsTopics taught:

Installation and configuration of operative system Installation and configuration of services on a computer Methods of fault tracing in a network Security aspects for computers and networks

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusMark Burgess: Principles of Network and System Administration, HiO/IU

Working RequirementsNo special working requirement

Evaluation4 individual multi-choice tests and one individual submission all of which count equally. In addition, the group project is evaluated. In the final evaluation, the individual tests and the submission count 2/3 and the group project counts 1/3. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

224

Subject: Modern System Development Methods

Code LO150AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire competence within modern methods for development of software systems through theoretical assignments and practical experience with project work. The students shall acquire knowledge of central technical and administrative issues connected to development and maintenance of larger programme systems, such as project management, cost estimate, choice of system development method and technology.

ContentsTopics taught:

Different system development methods: Structured methods (Rational Unified Process) and agile methods

Planning, organising and management of projects Tender, documentation, cost estimates Design principles and methods, Software Design Patterns Modelling with UML in the development process Quality assurance of software Testing and configuration control

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, guest lectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students.

SyllabusLiterature under consideration

Working RequirementsProject work in groups, resulting in a report with emphasis on system documentation and understanding of steering processes. One compulsory exercise with presentation of subject-related material.

EvaluationThe total project work accomplished by the group is final evaluation in this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to settle the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

225

Subject: Web Programming in .NET

Code LV141AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Computer subjects from 1st and 2nd year

AimThe students shall develop skills in use of Visual Studio .NET, establish understanding of the aims and purpose of the .NET framework, be able to write simple C# programmes, understand how to work with forms and develop applications under .NET and knowledge of Framework Class Library (FCL).

ContentsTopics taught:

Visual Studio .NET The .NET framework ASP.NET MS SQL Server ADO.NET Web GUI programming

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is maximum 4 students. SyllabusUnder consideration

EvaluationThe final evaluation is based on one project work accomplished by the group. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to settle the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

226

Subject: Programming in C++

Code LO129AVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming and Programme Development

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge, insight and skills in the use of the programming language C++.

ContentsTopics taught:

Basic syntax, language constructions and idioms Parameter mechanisms and pointers Memory management Operator overloading Files and streams Inheritance, access monitoring and polymorphism Standard designs and generic programming Deviation management Standard libraries Structuring of source codes and development tools

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusHarvey & Paul: C++ How to program, 5th edition, 2005

Working Requirements3 compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written aids as well as handheld calculator without wireless connection

227

Subject: Artificial Intelligence

Code LO117AVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Algorithms and Data Structures and Discrete Mathematics

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the various subject areas within artificial intelligence and understand the meaning of the concept “combinatorial explosion”. They shall be able to determine the complexity of a problem and develop insight how to reduce it. The students shall acquire key search strategies and algorithms with and without use of heuristics, including the A-algorithm.

ContentsTopics taught:

The various fields in Artificial Intelligence Artificial Intelligence in a historic perspective Knowledge representation Knowledge acquisition Graph theory Search strategies and search algorithms Evaluation functions Heuristics

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and group work. Group size is normally 3 students.

SyllabusLuger: Artificial Intelligence, Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving, Part 1 & 2, 5th edition, Addison-Wesley, 2005Other literature is under consideration

Working RequirementsCompulsory project assignment with oral presentation, and one individual assignment without aids, both of which must be approved before the student may sit for the examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNo aids

228

Subject: Mathematics 200 for Computer Science

Code FO210AVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of linear algebra, and develop skills to use this in relevant work within computer science.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Solution of linear equation systems on matrix form Matrix algebra, linear transformations, determinants Gauss and Gauss-Jordan processes for inverting of matrixes Linear independence, basics, basic introduction to vectors Calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors for matrixes Diagonalisation of matrixes with application on systems of 1st order linear differential equations with

constant coefficients

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, two hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the following week lecture, review of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusEdwards & Penny: Differential Equations & Linear Algebra

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

229

Subject: English for Industry

Code: LV102AType: ElectiveVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall develop skills in oral and written English to be able to function well in an international working environment.

Contents Current material within economic life, technology, environment and social conditions Work in writing: design of letters, memos, reports, applications etc. Oral work: presentations, negotiations and discussions

Organisation and Working MethodsClass teaching, i.e. one-way and two-way communication, oral and written exercises, presentations and case studies

SyllabusMackenzie, Ian: English for Business Studies, Cambridge University Press 2002, selected chaptersText Collection with Case Studies 2006-2007 – a compendium with articles and case studiesOther material from subject teacher

Working Requirements3 compulsory written assignments and a minor oral presentation in class must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written part of examination under invigilation (60 %), oral part of examination (40 %). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationEnglish / English dictionary and personal notes

230

Subject: Practical Communication and Organisation

Code LV106AVolume: 5 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: The subject is only open for students who have served in certain defined positions of trust or have been entrusted to equivalent important positions of trust in other organisations.

Aim / ImplementationThe subject shall give the students a possibility to document the training in management and practical organisation of different kinds of work through the preparation of a report on their position of trust and on the experiences they have harvested during the performance of their commission. To be graded in the subject, the students must, within a fixed deadline, submit a report on which the evaluation will be based.

To accomplish the subject, the students must have served in one of the following positions of trust at Oslo University College: Member of the Student Board at the Faculty Member of the Faculty Board Member of the College Board Member of the Student Parliament

Students who have served in other positions of trust may apply to Head of Studies for Computer Science for access to the subject.

Working MethodsWriting of report

EvaluationThe evaluation is based on the report. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

231

Subject: Mathematics 100

Code: FO100AVolume:5 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire basic knowledge of elementary functions and develop skills to use these for the solution of different problems where also derivation, integration and 1st degree differential equations are included.

ContentsThe subject includes the following topics:

Elementary functions, continuity and derivation Derivation and speed of change, problems involving extreme values Riemann sums, anti-derivation, integral methods 1st order differential equations, linear and separable Applied integrals and differential equations

Organisation and Working MethodsTeaching schedule with one settled weekday, and with two-week cycles. In the first week, 3 hours lecture, handing out of assignment, two hours exercise with student assistant / mentor, two hours exercise with teacher / student assistant. Submission of the work at the end of the day. In the next week, lecture, reviewing of the assignments and new supplementary assignments.

SyllabusTerje Solli: Ingeniørmatematikk IEdwards & Penny: Calculus 6e

Working Requirements3 of 5 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to F, where F is not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

232

Subject: English Communication

Code: LO807AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall develop their skills in oral and written English. The students shall acquire knowledge of and practice in written as well as oral business communication. The students shall learn presentation technique. ContentsThe following topics are included: Clear and efficient written and oral mode of expression in English Current situations in business life (conversations, presentations etc.) Presentation technique Presentation tools

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, oral and written exercises

SyllabusLiterature is under evaluation

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory written works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationEnglish / English dictionary and personal notes

233

Curriculum for Bachelor Programme in Applied Computing TechnologyIntroduction

Computer systems are a big and important part of modern everyday life, and the requirements to their utility value, cost-effectiveness and security are high. Use of ICT in business, education and elsewhere in society are important frames for the performance of many professional functions. Considerable amounts are invested in new development and purchase of systems which shall improve and revolutionise our work and leisure. The computer systems must meet the requirements of users and principals for utility value, user friendliness, joy, sturdyness and accessibility.

The study programme in Applied Computing Technology is designed to provide a general and wide education within the subject fields of modern planning, development and evaluation of computer systems, communication, project work and professional responsibility.

The study programme lasts 3 years and on completion of their studies the candidates will be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Applied Computing Technology.

Proficiency Attained in the Study Programme

The Bachelor Programme in Applied Computing Technology includes ICT subjects, social subjects and subjects with special emphasis on understanding and use of computer systems user cooperation in system development processes, and evaluation of computer systems. Thus, the study programme will qualify for posts as e.g. ICT consultant or ICT officer with working tasks such as evaluation and introduction of computer systems, training and user support.

There is today a large and complex labour market for manpower with interdisciplinary competence within sale, marketing, project management, public relations, operation, support and user support. Candidates with such a versatile competence will be key personnel in many enterprises within public as well as private sector.

Aims of the Study Programme

The students shall acquire necessary knowledge and skills to understand concepts and issues within information technology understanding of the interaction between human, organisation and technology understanding of different user groups’ needs and requirements to computer systems ability to solve complex tasks by help of technical and administrative knowledge understanding of the effects from the use of computer systems on an organisation and on the working

environment for the individual necessary theoretical knowledge for a professional basis on which to evaluate if and when new computer

technology shall be introduced skills to evaluate qualities and properties of software systems, and to make decisions on choice of

programmes for various needs

Contents

Core subjects are Use of information technology, computer architecture and functions, introduction to programming System development, modelling and user cooperation Human-computer interaction Legislation, ethics, communication, economics and quality assurance Network technology, data protection, regulations and rules for data collection, health, environment and

safety (HMS) Product knowledge, introduction and evaluation of computer systems

It is prepared for a study programme with emphasis on use of modern computer technology in enterprises and business, and with special focus on use of computer systems and system evaluation.

234

Admission requirements

The admission requirement is general entrance qualifications for higher education. Science as major area of study from upper secondary school is not a prerequisite. There is no special requirement for previous knowledge of ICT.

Subject Descriptions

We refer to the description of each individual subject. It will appear from the subject description whether a subject is based on subjects taught previously. This is, for subject-related and pedagogical reasons, recommended previous knowledge for the subject, and it is not required that these subjects shall be passed before the student embarks on the subject concerned. Before the final year project may be started, the requirement applies of examination totalling at least 90 ECTS credits per 1 October in the academic year concerned. Teaching / Supervision

The teaching / supervision will be a combination of lectures, exercises, compulsory submissions, projects and self-tuition. In most of the subjects, different forms of problem-based teaching and learning are used. Many subjects include compulsory works. These are normally minor works connected to recently taught material. In some subjects, Internet-based supervision will also be used.

The schemes for teaching / supervision will be implemented according to the principles in the Quality Reform, i.e. use of student-active teaching methods where the students must be personally active through different exercise and project works. In some subjects, the evaluation of different student works during the semester will also be a constituent part of the final evaluation of the subject. More detailed information on this will be found in the description of each individual subject.

Through the exercise programme and feedback on the different exercise assignments, the students will get continuous feedback on their academic development.

Teaching Schedule

At the start of each semester, the students will get a teaching schedule for each individual subject. The teaching schedule will contain reading list, work schedule, detailed information on exercise arrangements and working requirements with appurtenant deadlines etc.

Teaching Material

In most of the subjects, English textbooks will be used. For some subjects, separate compendia will be prepared. Nevertheless, in the subject survey below, syllabus literature will be listed under the different subjects. However, as the computer science sector is rapidly developing, a general reservation must be made as for exact indication of book titles. If the study programme shall be attractive and updated, the reading lists must be updated in step with the development taking place within the subject area.

The study programme also implies that the students themselves are actively searching for current material using library and Internet.

Evaluation

In many of the subjects, there will be individual written examination on which the final grade will be based. In many subjects, it is required that certain working requirements (compulsory submissions) must be accomplished before the student may sit for the examination. In the subjects where no written examination is required, the evaluation will be based on an accomplished project work. The evaluation and examination form is described under the different subject descriptions.

Act relating to universities and university colleges does not require the use of external examiner for examinations where the grade is included in the diploma. The Faculty will use external examiner in such a way that some subject are chosen at random. These subjects will be evaluated by external examiner considering examination system as well as examination papers. In such cases, normally 10 % of the students’ answer papers (at least 5

235

pc.) will be evaluated by external examiner. In addition, the Faculty will appoint and external examiner on study programme level who will actively contribute to continuous evaluation and quality assurance of the study programme considering contents as well as syllabus literature, evaluation forms etc. Use of external examiners is a constituent part of the Faculty’s system for quality control of our courses on offer.

Evaluation Expression

The final evaluation of a subject is expressed in one of the following ways: According to a grading scale from A to E for passed with A as the best grade, E as the weakest grade

and F for not passed As Passed / Not Passed

The evaluation expression for each subject is indicated under the subject descriptions.

Internationalisation

The curriculum is adapted for internationalisation in the sense that students may accomplish parts of their study programme at institutions abroad and have their examinations from these institutions approved as part of their Bachelor programme according to the time-for-time principle. Oslo University College has exchange agreements with a number of foreign educational institutions.

The study programme is also organised so that incoming students may accomplish the entire study programme or individual subjects. Supervision in English may be provided.

More detailed information is available on our web pages.

236

Subject and ECTS Credit Distribution1st year

Introduction to Information Technology 10 ECTS credits autumnBasic Programming 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb-Project 10 ECTS credits autumnWeb Programming 10 ECTS credits springEnglish Communication 10 ECTS credits springSocial Information Technology 10 ECTS credits spring

2nd year

System development 10 ECTS credits autumnComputer Network 10 ECTS credits autumnHuman-computer interaction 10 ECTS credits autumnIntroduction to Operating Systems 10 ECTS credits springRelational databases 10 ECTS credits springProject Implementation and Ethics 10 ECTS credits spring

3rd year

Computer Security 10 ECTS credits autumnElective 10 ECTS credits autumnModern System Development Methods 10 ECTS credits autumnICT Services 10 ECTS credits springFinal year project 20 ECTS credits spring

237

Subject: Introduction to Information Technology

Code LO111AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of basic principles within modern computer technology, of how the computer works, alone as well as in interaction with other computers, of the development and use of software, and of saving and processing of data. Furthermore, they shall develop insight in risk and security in relation to use of computers.

ContentsTopics taught: The structure of a computer, its modus operandi and its peripheral units Programming and operating a computer The way a computer communicates with the world around and its role in a network The applications of a computer system in work and leisure Advantages, disadvantages, risk and security of computer technology

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, demonstrations, excursions and exercises. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

SyllabusBill Daley: Computers Are Your Future. 8th ed.

Working RequirementsNo special

EvaluationThe project works accomplished by the group is final evaluation in this subject. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

238

Subject: Basic Programming

Code LO118AVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of object-oriented programming and of basic programming. Furthermore, they shall train use of basic algorithms in programme development and acquire skills in error correction. ContentsTopics taught: Object-oriented programming in Java Basic programming structures Programming methods Programming environments and platforms Debugging and compiling

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusMark Guzdial & Barbara Ericson: Introduction to Computing & Programming with JAVA. A Multimedia Approach

Working Requirements5 compulsory works and two individual tests (without use of study aids) must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester. Evaluation3-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

239

Subject: Web-Project

Code LO136AVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire the skills, knowledge and attitudes which form the basis for successful project work, here specified for web publishing.

ContentsTopics taught:

Planning, organising and implementation of a project Collection and selection of relevant information Communication and cooperation Preparation and oral presentation of a standard written report on the project How data (numbers, text, sound and picture) are represented on a computer Exchange of data and services between machines on the Internet Development of web pages by help of HTML and style sheets Elementary web psychology

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 5 students.

SyllabusAnn-Mari Torvatn: Kommunikasjon for ingeniører, Tapir, 2001Ann-Mari Torvatn: Praktiske tips og eksempler for prosjektarbeid, Tapir, 2004Elisabeth Castro: HTML for The World Wide Web, Peachpit Press

Working RequirementsOne report on a technical subject published as a web page. The report and the web page must be approved. In addition, each group shall submit collaboration agreement, formulation of their task, process goal as well as a progress plan for the project part of the subject. An individual test under invigilation must also have been passed. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. EvaluationThe concluding project work carried out by the group is the concluding evaluation of this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

240

Subject: Web Programming

Code LO113AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of web servers and of their functioning. Furthermore, they shall develop skills and insight into selected and relevant technologies for the development of web applications which communicate with a database.

ContentsTopics taught:

Multilayer architecture Web programming in PHP Database communication with MySQL Apache web server

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

SyllabusSven Andreas Horgen: Webprogrammering i PHPAdditional literature under consideration

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written aids as well as handheld calculator without wireless connection

241

Subject: English Communication

Code: LO807AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall develop their skills in oral and written English. The students shall acquire knowledge of and practice in written as well as oral business communication. The students shall learn presentation technique. ContentsThe following topics are included: Clear and efficient written and oral mode of expression in English Current situations in business life (conversations, presentations etc.) Presentation technique Presentation tools

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, oral and written exercises

SyllabusLiterature is under evaluation

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory written works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationEnglish / English dictionary and personal notes

242

Subject: Social Information Technology

Code LO119AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire understanding of the societal importance of information technology, and be able to see the development and use of computer systems in a broad, organisational context. Aesthetic and legal aspects of the development and application of information systems are emphasised. The students shall also make themselves familiar with techniques and system description, user requirements specification and simple modelling with UML.

ContentsTopics taught: Problem definition and user cooperation Design of requirements specification and modelling of requirements Different forms of system descriptions Communication between different user groups Ethical principles and professional responsibility Working environment, health, environment and safety Laws and regulations for use of computer systems Copyright, freedom of expression, computer-related crime

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups, Group size is normally 3 to 4 students.

SyllabusLiterature under consideration

Working RequirementsThe groups will work with a project where they will go out to enterprises, interview users and observe them in their work. The project work shall result in a report with system description of a future computer system. The groups present their work for the other students.

EvaluationThe total project work accomplished by the group is submitted for final evaluation in this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

243

2nd Year 2007-2008

Subject: System Development

Code LO138AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall develop understanding, knowledge and skills connected to the development of software systems. They shall acquire insight how to define the properties of the system, how to control the development process, and know which frames apply for the development.

ContentsTopics taught:

Basic system development methods and various phases in system development Object-oriented analysis and design Models, techniques and tools for analysing user requirements Modelling with UML Prototyping, user interface, user manual

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. Project work in groups with part submissions. Size of the group is normally 3 to 5 students. Compulsory group presentation in plenary of central subjects in the syllabus.

SyllabusGurholt and Hasle: Grunnleggende systemutvikling. ISBN 8202198682 Martin Fowler: UML Distilled - A Brief Guide to the Standard Object Modeling Language, 3rd edition

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works (one group product report and one individual process report) which are included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the project and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThe product report from the project work accomplished by the group counts 60 % and the individual process report counts 40 % at the final evaluation. Some groups may be chosen at random to present the project work in plenary to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

244

Subject: Computer Network

Code LO110AVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the most common network technologies. Furthermore, the students shall acquire insight in how a computer network is structured and how it functions. ContentsTopics taught: TCP / IP Switchers and routers Wireless technologies Fire barriers and burglary detection Operation and maintenance

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusLiterature under consideration

Working Requirements3 compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester. Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

245

Subject: Human-Computer Interaction

Code: LV125AType: ElectiveVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe student shall acquire knowledge of the terminology, approaches and techniques used in connection with development and evaluation of user interface. The student shall develop skill to analyse systems from a user’s point of view and argument whether systems will work or fail considering human diversity.

Contents Motivation: Why care about humans? HCI contexts (tools, web hypermedia, communication) Perception, movement and cognition Culture, communication and organisations Handling of human diversity Principles for good design and designers: engineer compromises Evaluation and testing of user-friendliness Data system technical detail: menus and modus, icons and graphic design, visualising

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 2 to 4 students.

SyllabusLiterature is under evaluation.

Working RequirementsThe groups will work with 3 projects of individual character where each project is submitted as a written report. Some groups may be chosen at random to present their work for the other students.

EvaluationThe total project work accomplished by the group is submitted for final evaluation in this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to decide the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

246

Subject: Introduction to Operating Systems

Code LO114AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Computer Network

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge basic knowledge of operating systems and their mode of operation. They shall learn the differences between the various systems and how they may be coordinated.

ContentsTopics taught: The core and its functions (processes, users, memory) User interface of operating systems (Windows, Linux, OS X) Installation and maintenance Coordination of operating systems

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusLiterature under consideration

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written aids as well as handheld calculator without wireless connection

247

Subject: Relational Databases

Code LO124AType: Technical subjectVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Programming

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of database design, skills in data modelling and use of relational databases. Furthermore, they shall develop skills in construction and maintenance of databases as well as insight into multi-user and multi-layer database architecture.

ContentsTopics taught: Fundamental principles of database design The ER-model as a data modelling tool Normal forms and the normalising process of a database The relational model and relational algebra SQL for construction and maintenance of a database Multi-user and multi-layer database architecture - transaction control Web applications and database interfaces

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusBjørn Kristoffersen: Databasesystemer. Utvikling og administrasjon med fokus på SQL, 2007

Working RequirementsTwo compulsory works which must be approved to before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not included in the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

248

Subject: Project Implementation and Ethics

Code LO191AType: Social subjectVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic understanding of project implementation, business administration, general management and ethics. With some working experience, they shall be able to lead minor projects and companies in an economically and ethically responsible way.

ContentsThe following topics are included:

Project work: The software MS Project, project management, project implementation Economics: Business administration and project economics with accounts understanding and profit

evaluation, including budgeting and investment analyses General management: Vision, aim, purpose, attitudes, values, commitment, cooperation, motivation

innovation, delegation, independent co-workers, culture of organisation, decision-making process, reward, social responsibility of the company

Ethics: Ethical challenges for the company and its employees. Improvement of ethical behaviour Guest lecturers: Practice of business world today

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures including guest lectures. Exercises. Project work in groups.

SyllabusKjell Gunnar Hoff: Bedriftens økonomi, 6th edition, Universitetsforlaget, 2005. (BØ)Auxiliary literature and exercises: Arbeidsbok til Bedriftens økonomi. (Arb.BØ)Support literature: Ivar Bredesen: Investering og Finansiering, 3rd edition, Gyldendal.Harung H.S.: Kompendium i ledelse, Høgskolen i Oslo, 2008.Collins J.C. and Porras J.I., Built to last: Successful habits of visionary people, Harper Business Essentials, New York, 2002. Harung, H. S. (2004). Course on value-based management: Learning to create high-performing organizations by putting man before money. Emerald Management Xtra (EMX), Emerald Journals Online Portfolio, Bradford, England (www.emeraldinsight.com – examples of really interesting teaching practice and course design).Harung, H. S. (In review). Stimulating Reflection in a Management Course for Engineering and Technology Students, Journal of Management Education.

Working Requirements4 project reports must be approved before the candidates are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation expression is Passed / Not Passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

249

3rd Year 2007-2008

Subject: Computer Security

Code LO147AType: Computer electiveVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Operating systems and Unix

AimThe students shall learn to know and understand the concept of computer security with the associated technologies and techniques. Furthermore, they shall be able to apply some protective tools. The students shall be able to analyse the need of an enterprise for computer security in relation to alternative protective solutions. The assessment of relevant measures for a specific enterprise shall also be made with a view to ethics, legislation and regulations.

ContentsTopics taught:

Risk analysis, assessment of sensitive data and need for protection Authentication and authorisation Logical and physical protection Encryption and key handling Protection of wireless net Ethical and legal aspects Protection planning and protection policy

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and assignments. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusRobert C. Newman: Enterprise Security, Prentice Hall 2003Thor E. Hasle: Sikkerhetskompendium, 2007

Working RequirementsA general case with 3 compulsory group works and one individual submission, all of which are counting.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation (project report and individual work). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

250

Subject: Modern System Development Methods

Code LO150AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire competence within modern methods for development of software systems through theoretical assignments and practical experience with project work. The students shall acquire knowledge of central technical and administrative issues connected to development and maintenance of larger programme systems, such as project management, cost estimate, choice of system development method and technology.

ContentsTopics taught:

Different system development methods: Structured methods (Rational Unified Process) and agile methods

Planning, organising and management of projects Tender, documentation, cost estimates Design principles and methods, Software Design Patterns Modelling with UML in the development process Quality assurance of software Testing and configuration control

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, guest lectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students.

SyllabusLiterature under consideration

Working RequirementsProject work in groups, resulting in a report with emphasis on system documentation and understanding of steering processes. One compulsory exercise with presentation of subject-related material.

EvaluationThe total project work accomplished by the group is final evaluation in this subject. Some groups may be chosen at random for individual, oral examination to settle the final grade. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

251

Subject: ICT Services

Code LO109AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge and understanding of the concept of service in organisations and how services may be delivered or improved by use of information technology. The students shall be able to analyse the intrinsic value of ICT services and evaluate the service delivery from the ICT department. The students shall be able to set up a service level agreement (SLA) between two parties.

ContentsTopics taught: Understanding of the structure of an organisation and how ICT services may support different levels and

functions Models and analysis tools to find useful ICT tools for a given organisation Priority of ICT services in relation to cost / benefit Decision support systems, CRM, data warehouse and data mining ICT services as delivered by the ICT department in an organisation Mobile services Service level agreement

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and assignments. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusLaudon & Laudon: Management Information Systems, 2006, Prentice HallKarlsen and Langseth: Hvor skal jeg sitte?, 2003, Cappelen Akademiske ForlagThor E. Hasle: IT-services and Management, 2007

Working RequirementsA general case with 3 compulsory group works and one individual submission, all of which are counting.

EvaluationPortfolio evaluation (project report and individual work). The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

252

Subject: Final Year Project

Code: HO918AVolume:20 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: All of the subjects from the first 5 semesters

AimThe students shall develop skills to solve, in an independent and systematic way, a practically oriented and comprehensive project based on the requirements of a client. The students shall demonstrate that they can translate knowledge into practical solutions. They shall be able to apply the basic rules for user quality in analysis, design, implementation, in interface and documentation. They shall be able to produce satisfactory documentation for computer programmes and computer systems in relation to the product, operation and use with adaptation to the various recipients of this documentation, and they shall be able to describe their own working process appropriately and in accordance with given standards.

ContentsTopics taught:

Preliminary study Requirements specification Analysis and design Implementation Documentation

Organisation and Working MethodsProject supervision. Project work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. The students shall accomplish a project equivalent to the volume of the subject, preferably with an external employer. More detailed information together with deadlines for the different phases in the project work will appear from the subject’s web page and from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

EvaluationThere will be a total evaluation of the project work and the group’s oral presentation of this work. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

253

Electives

In addition to the list below, subjects from the Bachelor Programme in Engineering - Computer Science and Bachelor Programme in Information Technology may be elected when they do not overlap with subjects in the Bachelor Programme in Applied Computing Technology. Please be especially aware of previous knowledge.

Electives 2007-2008

Network and system administration 10 ECTS credits autumnDiscrete Mathematics 10 ECTS credits autumn

Subject: Network and System Administration

Code LO143AVolume:10 ECTS creditsThe subject is based on: Operating Systems

AimThe students shall acquire practical skills in set-up, operation and maintenance of computers in a network.

ContentsTopics taught:

Installation and configuration of operative system Installation and configuration of services on a computer Methods of fault tracing in a network Security aspects for computers and networks

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours. The students work in groups. Group size is normally 3 to 4 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester.

SyllabusMark Burgess: Principles of Network and System Administration, HiO/IU

Working RequirementsNo special working requirement

Evaluation4 individual multi-choice tests and one individual submission all of which count equally. In addition, the group project is evaluated. In the final evaluation, the individual tests and the submission count 2/3 and the group project counts 1/3. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

254

Subject: Discrete Mathematics

Code FO019AVolume: 10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of the relevant topics within discrete mathematics used in basic and advanced computer science. It is intended that students shall develop skills to use this type of mathematics as a tool for solving computer science assignments.

ContentsTopics taught:

Logic and set theory Integers and matrices Sequences, series and differential equations Theory of combinations Relations, trees and graphs Boolean algebra

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and supervision hours

SyllabusKenneth H. Rosen: Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, McGraw-Hill

Working Requirements3 compulsory works which must be approved before the student may sit for the final examination. The evaluation of the compulsory works is not part of the final grade. Deadline for submission of the compulsory works and other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is announced at the start of the semester. Evaluation5-hour written final examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationAll printed and written study aids together with handheld calculator without wireless connection

255

Curriculum for Continuing Education in Project Management and EntrepreneurialshipIntroduction

Project management and entrepreneurialship represent fundamental and central competence and also skills in private enterprises as well as public organisations. Most of larger deliveries plus most of development work in Norway today take place in the form of projects. Consequently, many people will be in contact with projects as suppliers, buyers or as participants in a development process. Curriculum for Continuing Education in Project Management and Entrepreneurialship gives the students an in depth introduction to modern project management and the place of the project in a commercial system.

In principle, this is a one-year fulltime study programme. However, the study programme is module-based in the sense that it is divided into individual subjects. Therefore, it will be possible to accomplish individual subjects for students who want to accomplish the study programme over a longer period.

It is not required to accomplish the subjects in the listed order. However, the order of the subjects is not accidental, and the progression of the study programme is designed so that the subjects in the 1st semester form the subject-related base for the subjects in the 2nd semester.

Proficiency Attained in the Study Programme

Curriculum for Continuing Education in Project Management and Entrepreneurialship makes the students able to manage larger and smaller projects in an ethically and economically correct way. Central subjects are project identification, definition, planning, project management and project control according to established requirements to cost, quality and time. Furthermore, the students will be able to handle necessary measures concerning patenting, company establishment, product development and the basic aspects of this type of activities. All the time, these moments will be seen in relation to the needs and desires of the market.

This is an independent study programme within project management and entrepreneurialship totalling 60 ECTS credits, but it is based on a subject-related foundation which may be built up at Oslo University College, Faculty of Engineering or at other institutions of higher education. At the present time, work is done to prepare the study programme for supplementary studies at NTNU so that the students may obtain a Master degree.

Aims of the Study Programme

The students shall acquire necessary knowledge and competence to occupy posts requiring professional competence combined with economic / administrative competence. This may apply to private as well as public sector, such as engineering, health services / hospitals, school system or other service industries.

Contents

The study programme is composed of subjects of 10 and 20 ECTS credits. Each subject treats a complete subject area and will together achieve the aim of the study programme. Central subjects will be elucidated theoretically and by active use of student projects, student enterprises and cases. The illustrations are fetched from Norwegian and international enterprises.

All the subjects include working requirements such as either submission of handed out assignments or other types of works to be accomplished. The working requirements are designed so that the student shall acquire sufficient knowledge and skills to be able to accomplish the project works on which the final evaluation of the students in all the subjects is based.

Internationalisation

As this is a one-year study programme, it is not prepared for student exchange. However, the study programme is international in its character in the sense that it will strengthen the students’ possibilities to apply for jobs internationally. The subjects are highly relevant for a trades and industries growing steadily more international-oriented.

256

Admission requirements

The admission requirement is Bachelor degree from university or university college (180 ECTS credits) or equivalent plus 3-year working experience. As the study programme has a general character, each and all candidates with a Bachelor degree or equivalent may be admitted. Teaching Material

For some subjects, separate compendia will be prepared. Nevertheless, in the subject survey below, syllabus literature will be listed under the different subjects. Updating of syllabus takes place continuously for every year of study, mainly in the form of new articles. The reading lists are adjusted in pace with the development within the subject field. Therefore, a general reservation must be made as for changes if syllabus. The study programme also implies that the students themselves are actively searching for current material using library and Internet.

Evaluation

In some subject, the final grade may be based on project reports. In other subjects, the evaluation will be based on a written final examination. Many subjects require that certain working requirements (compulsory submissions) must be met before the student may sit the examination. The evaluation and examination form is described under the different subject descriptions.

External Examiner

Faculty of Engineering will use external examiner in such a way that some subject are selected at random. These subjects will be evaluated by external examiner considering examination system as well as examination papers, and part of the students’ answer papers will be graded by external examiner together with subject teacher. One subject will be random selected each semester, and 10 % of the students’ answer papers, but not less than 5, will be the object of external grading. In addition, the Faculty will appoint and external examiner on study programme level who will actively contribute to continuous evaluation and quality assurance of the study programme considering contents as well as syllabus literature, evaluation forms etc. Use of external examiners is a constituent part of the Faculty’s system for quality control of our courses on offer.

Evaluation Expression

The final evaluation of a subject is expressed in one of the following ways: According to a grading scale from A to E for passed with A as the best grade, E as the weakest grade

and F for not passed As Passed / Not Passed

The evaluation expression for each subject is indicated under the subject descriptions.

Teaching Schedule

The teaching schedule follows the pattern and routines generally applied at Oslo University College. The study programme is designed with emphasis on gatherings, so that it is possible to study and work at the same time. However, agreements should be made with the employer that the study will require absence from the job. Subjects and topics appear from the course survey below.

257

Subject and ECTS Credit DistributionThe study programme consists of 5 subjects where Project Management and Economic System are offered in the autumn semester, and the remaining in the spring semester:

Project Management 20 ECTS creditsEconomic Systems – project analysis, planning and management 10 ECTS creditsEntrepreneurialship – from business concept to commercialisation 10 ECTS creditsProduct Development and Innovation 10 ECTS creditsBusiness Understanding and Strategy 10 ECTS credits

258

Subject: Project Management

Code LO601AVolume:20 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire insight in the way projects are organised, dimensioned, started and managed.

ContentsThe following topics are included: Distinctive features of project work Project strategy / general strategy Project portfolio and programme The responsibility of the project manager for tasks and employees Project organisation / relation to the base organisation Project work under insecurity Project types Activities / WBS / timetables Partner analyses Negotiation Conflict and conflict resolution Project team The project’s quality assurance system Project follow-up tool Success criteria Ethics in project implementation

The students shall be able to use modern tools for project management and project follow-up. The focus is to establish a knowledge base and attitudes of an efficient and commercial project manager who knows the project mechanisms for A to Z. After accomplished study, the students can make independent evaluations of progress, predictability and goal achievement, and be able to prepare reports for technical and financial status of the project.

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises. Project work in groups. Group size normally 4 to 6 students.

SyllabusGrundbog i prosjektledelse, Mikkelsen, Hans/Riis, Jens O. Forlaget Promet, Holte 1996 (425 pages)Praktisk prosjektstyring, Rolstadås, Asbjørn. Tapir, Trondheim 2001 (396 pages)Prosjektledelse under usikkerhet, Åge Garnes, Kompendium – HIO, (340 pages)Article collectionManuals and tutorials for software in project managementMicroSoft Project and FastTrack are installed in the computers of Oslo University College. The students have free choice of software as long as the software is relevant to the subject.

Working Requirements3/4 of the exercises must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation5-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

259

Subject: Project Economics – Project Analysis, Investment / Financing and Risk Assessment

Code SO602AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to make relevant requirements to reports and analyses from modern economic systems and tools for the aggregation of a correct basis for executive decision-making

ContentsThe subject gives the student competence to use an economic system as an active component in project management and to extract information to evaluate continuously the technical and financial progress of the project. The following topics are included: Project analysis Data for executive decision-making Internal rate of return Repayment period Present value method Cost of capital Profitability Preliminary evaluations Risk assessments Financing

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises. Project work in groups. Group size normally 4 to 6 students. Most of the exercises require spreadsheet knowledge.

SyllabusIvar Bredesen: Investering og finansiering. Gyldendal akademiske 2005. (Alternatively: Øyvind Bøhren and Per Ivar Gjærum: Prosjektanalyse. Skarvet forlag. Bergen 2003 (578 pages))Article collection

Working Requirements3/4 of the exercises must be approved before the students are allowed to sit for the examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationHandheld calculator without wireless connection

260

Subject: Business Development – from Idea to Commercialisation

Code SO603AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire knowledge of all phases in the development of a business project from idea to commercialisation.

ContentsThe subject is designed as a stimulating process for achieving a business project. As realistic as possible, groups of students shall themselves develop business plans for concrete business concepts. The groups choose themselves their business concepts which they must develop through a guided process. They shall be able to accomplish a patenting and know the limitations of the patent. Through a development project, the subject gives the students insight to build bridges between idea, creation process, product development and finished product. The students shall acquire relevant knowledge of early marketing to establish the product’s position in the market, and collect information from the market to influence the design process. Furthermore, the students shall establish a marketing plan for the product. The students shall understand the connection between the market’s technical needs, possibilities and design. The ability to make a sound evaluation of patenting versus being out in good time with a product, is also emphasised. The following topics are included: Idea development Clients and needs, markets and segments Business development / business plan Investment / financing Support and supervision arrangements Property modes Organisation / management IPR / Patent protection Commercialisation

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and project work in groups. Group size normally 4 to 6 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester. SyllabusPerspektiver på Entreprenørskap, Jenssen, Jan Inge/Kolvereid, Lars/Erikson, Triuls (red), Høgskoleforlaget, Oslo 2006 (306 pages)Other literature after approved literature search accomplished by the students, dependent of the projects concerned

Working RequirementsThe project assignment must be approved before the students may obtain grade in the subject.

EvaluationThe project work accomplished by the group is presented to a panel who evaluates the project. This, together with an evaluation of the work during the simulation process, forms the basis for the final evaluation. The evaluation is expressed as Passed / Not Passed.

261

Subject: Product Development and Innovation

Code SO604AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall acquire basic knowledge of product development and the innovation process

ContentsTopic such as needs analyses, volume possibilities, industrial design, environmental requirements and production will be emphasised. The students shall acquire knowledge to be able to make a plan to develop an idea to a product and bring up the aspects which must be analysed to assure the success of the product. Technical, commercial and production technical elements together with the phases and lifetime of the product are emphasised. The following topics are included: Products and services in the market of today Product quality Innovation processes Industrial design The product in the environment Environmental requirements Risk assessments Production Life Cycle Cost calculation

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures and exercises. Project work in groups. Group size normally 3 to 6 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

SyllabusRobert G. Cooper: Product Leadership. Pathways to Profitable Innovation, The Perseus Books Group. 2004Article collections (18 pc)

Working Requirements3/4 of the exercises plus case answer papers must be approved before the students may accomplish the project work and are allowed to sit for the final examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

262

Subject: Strategy and Business Understanding

Code SO605AVolume:10 ECTS credits

AimThe students shall be able to conceptualise and analyse different business environments to point out clues for the choice of business strategy.

ContentsThe subject deals with theory to identify and conceptualise different business landscapes. This forms a basis to make realistic strategic choices for enterprises and for projects. The following topics are included: Different theories of business understanding with emphasis on dialectical approach Strategic map Enterprise arena Institutional and material frameworks Technology and ideology Transaction regimes Business landscape Value chains and competitive forces Threats and opportunities

Organisation and Working MethodsLectures, project work in groups. Group size normally 3 to 6 students. Other details will appear from the teaching schedule which is handed out at the start of the semester.

SyllabusPankaj Ghemawat: Strategy and the Business Landscape. Prentice Hall. Cambridge 2005Åge Garnes: Bedriftsforståelse – og en fornemmelse av strategi, Dixi Omen. Oslo 2004Article collection

Working Requirements3/4 of the exercises plus case answer papers must be approved before the students may accomplish the project work and are allowed to sit for the final examination.

Evaluation3-hour written examination under invigilation. The evaluation is expressed according to a grading scale from A to E for passed, F for not passed.

Study Aids at the Final ExaminationNone

263